Contents:

1. cs601 mcq compiled file.doc

2. CS601OnlineQuiz.doc
3. CS601Spring2009_FinalTerm_OPKST_CS601_DataCommunication.doc
4. CS601Spring2009_MidTerm_OPKST_CS601_DataCommunication.doc
5. Fall_2009_FinalTerm_OPKST_CS601_bc080402322.doc
6. MyQuiz-CS601.doc
7. cs601 mid 2010 mix papers.doc
8. CS601_01_MID_Spring2009-1.doc
9. CS601_01_MID_Spring2009-2.doc
10. CS601_01_MID_Spring2009-4.doc
11. CS601_01_MID_Spring2009-5.doc
12. CS601_01_MID_Spring2009-7.doc
13. CS601MID2010_Sol_my own.doc
14. MCQS of Cs601 1-10.doc
15. MCQS of Cs601 11-22.doc
16. MCQS of Cs601 MID TERM.doc
17. mid cs601 paper.doc
18. Spring 2009_MidTerm_OPKST_CS601_MC080408680.doc
19. Quiz cs601.doc
20. Quiz_1-CS601_Data_Communication_-12_FEB_2010.doc

Contents:
1. Application Layer.doc
2. Connecting Devices.doc
3. CS601 4RM NET mcqs.doc
4. cs601 mcqs.doc
5. CS601 Quizzz .doc
6. CS601_4 Quiz.doc
7. CS601_4 Quizd.doc
8. cs601_quiz- solved by Shifa.doc
9. cs601_quiz_1.doc
10. cs601_quiz2_ solved by shifa.doc
11. cs601_quiz3_ Shifa.doc
12. cs601_quiz5_ Shifa.doc
13. CS601OnlineQuiz.doc
14. cs601Quiz.doc
15. CS601-quiz6_ shifa.doc
16. ethernet.doc
17. MCQ.doc
18. MyQuiz-CS601.doc
19. Network Layer.doc
20. Quiz - 1,2 CS 601 Spring 2010 my own & others.doc
21. Quiz cs601.doc
22. Quiz_1-CS601_Data_Communication_-12_FEB_2010.doc
23. quizz (41-45)....cs601.doc
24. Transport Layer.doc
25. WLAN.doc

QUIZ # 2

CS 601 DATA COMMUNICATION

FALL 2009

Question # 1 of 10

Classes of Transmission Media are _____

              Electromagnetic Spectrum

              Coaxial and Twisted Cable Media

              Guided and Unguided Media

              None of Given

Question # 2 of 10

56k Modems maximum uploading Data rate is 40K.

              True

              False

Question # 3 of 10

Light source can either _____ or _____

              ELD,LID

              LED,LID

              ELD,ILD
               LED,ILD

Question # 4 of 10

Troposhpheric Propagation is in two ways Light-of-Sight and Broadcast

              True

              False

Question # 5 of 10

Modem standards are __________

              Cable Modem

              Bell and ITU-U modem

              Traditional and 56K Modem

              None of Given

Question # 6 of 10

In 56K Modem maximum uploading speed is _____ bytes and downloading speed is
_____ Bytes

              40K,56K

              33.6K,56K

              56K,33.6K

              None of Given

Question # 7 of 10

A Broadcast signal is received by orbiting satellite which rebroadcasts

              To the resender

               To the sender

              To the atmosphere

              None of Given

Question # 8 of 10

Data rate limitation of traditional modems is 6KHz.

              True

              False

Question # 9 of 10

Q  STP can eliminate a phenomenon called Crosstalk

              True

              False

Question # 10 of 10

Speed of Light in a vacuum is

              200,000 Km/sec

              300,000 Km/sec

              600,000 Km/sec

              None of Given

Please Answer these Networking MCQ?
(1) There are three types of Hubs that exist. Which of the following options
correctly describes these three.

1. Passive, dormant, special

2. Active , dormant , passive
3. Passive, Active, Turbo
4. Passive, Active, Intelligent
ANS:----
2. A number of different factors determine the cost of a Hub. Which of the
following is among these factors?

1. Speed rating
2. Durability
3. Brand
4. Class

(3) Three(3) basic devices are used in setting up a single Network. Which of
the following best describes these devices?

1. NIC (Ethernet), Hub, Twisted pair/Coaxial cable

2. Disk drive, CPU, Hub
3. Hub, CPU, NIC (Ethernet)
4. Disk drive, Hub, NIC (Ethernet)

4. Which of the following network topologies among the list below is

incorrect?

1. Star
2. Internet
3. Ring
4. Bus

4. Which of the following is not a feature of Base band Coaxial Cable?

1. Bi-directional
2. Few Kilometer ranges
3. Proton based
4. Ethernet (basis for 802.3) at 10 Mbps

4. Which of the following is not a function of a repeater?

1. Uses Jumper Settings
2. Transmits data in both directions
3. No Buffering
4. Joins two(2) segments of cables

4. Which level of the TCP/IP reference model routes data/information across

a network channel ?

1. Application layer
2. Data Link Layer
3. Transport Layer
4. Network Layer

4. The function of a modem is to convert signals. Identify the correct signals

it converts.

1. Analogue to Digital
2. Analogue to Baud rate
3. Baud rate to Analogue
4. Digital to Binary

4. Which of the following is not a LAN – Architecture?.

(a) Protocol architecture

2. Media access control

3. Logical Protocol
4. Logical Link Control

4. Identify the statement which best describes TCP and UDP.

1. TCP is a connection oriented Protocol whiles UDP is a datagram service

2. TCP is a protocol for the Network Layer of the OSI
3. UDP and TCP could be used interchangeably
4. TCP is an advanced protocol whiles UDP is a single protocol

4. Which of the following characteristics best describes a frame?

1. Data link layer(Header, Trailer, Data)

2. Network Layer(Header, Trailer, Data)
3. Transport Layer(Header, Trailer, Data)
4. Physical Layer(Header, Trailer, Data)

4. What does the terminology ISDN mean?

1. Internal Digital Services Network

2. Integrated Systems Digital Network
3. Integrated Services Digital Naming System
4. Integrated Services Digital Network

4. What does the terminology ATM mean?

1. Automatic transfer mode

2. Automatic translation mode
3. Asynchronous transfer mode
4. Asynchronous transformation mode

4. A simple Architecture for File Transfer is made up of :

1. File transfer application; Communications service module; Network access

module
2. File transfer application; transport layer; Network access module
3. Network access layer; Transport layer; Application layer
4. Application layer; Network layer; Session layer

4. Which of the following statements is true about standards?

1. Standards create additional cost

2. Standards help individuals users to increase effectiveness
3. Standards allow products from multiple vendors to communicate
4. Standards cannot freeze technology

4. Which of the following statement is true about FLOW CONTROL?

1. Flow control is a function performed by a receiving entity to limit the amount

or rate of data on a network.
2. Flow control adjusts the weights on a network
3. Flow control is a function performed by the MODEM
4. Flow control is an advanced form of network management
4. Identify the most suitable description for ERROR CONTROL?

1. Error control is an activity that manages deadlock.

2. Error control is an advanced form of parity bit
3. Error control is a sub-function of a modem and Hub
4. Error control is needed to guard against loss or damage of data

(18) What is the full meaning of the terminology SMTP?

1. State Mail Transfer Protocol

2. Simple Mail Tailor Protocol
3. Simple Management Transfer Protocol
4. Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

19. Several Computers connected together is called:

1. Client-server
2. Client
3. Computer network
4. Hub

19. In which of the following networks does the client submit a task to the
server, then the server executes and returns the result for the requesting
client station?

1. Peer-to-Peer

2. Client-Server

3. Server-Based
4. All of the above

19. In which network topology are all workstations connected in cascade

form?

1. Star
2. Ring
3. Mesh
4. Bus

19. Which network topology uses a Hub?

1. Star
2. Bus
3. Mesh
 4. Ring

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In RS 422 Balanced mode two lines carry ________ signals which are not identical to
each other.
► same
► different
► digital
► analog

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The __________ generates the data and passes it along with any control information to a
___________.
► DTE; DCE
► DCE; DTE
► DCE; node
► DTE; application

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, a start bit and a stop bit frame a character byte.
► Asynchronous serial
► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, bits are transmitted simultaneously, each across its own
wire.
► Asynchronous serial
► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Asynchronous transmission is ___________

► slow
► costly
► non-effective
► fast

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In ____________ transmission the timing of the signal is unimportant.
►Asynchronous
►Synchronous
►Polar
►Bi-polar

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In 8QAM each signal shift or one baud represents ______.

► 4 bits
► 2 bits
► 5 bits
► 3 bits

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

PCM is the first process of PAM.

► True
► False

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Bi phase encoding is a type of bipolar encoding in which we use two voltage levels.
► True
► False

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The amplitude of a digital signal depends upon the________ to represent a bit.

► phase
► voltage
► wavelength

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Time domain plot show changes in signal phase with respect to time.
► True
► False

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

OSI model was developed prior to TCP/IP model.

► True
► False
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The _________ layer is the layer closest to the transmission medium.

► physical
► data link
► network
► transport

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data chunk at data link layer is called________

►frame
►packet
►datagram

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The internet model consists of _________ layers.

► three
► two
► five
► seven

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

__________representation of links that connect nodes is called as physical topology.

►geometrical
►logical
►physical

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_______ is a multipoint topology.

► Ring
► Mesh
► Tree
► Bus

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In mesh topology, if there are five nodes then there will be _______ links.
►5
► 10
► 15
► 20
Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Non proprietary standard is also termed as de facto standard.

► True
► False

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Effective network mean that the network has fast delivery, timeliness and
► high bandwidth
► Duplex transmission
► accurate transmission
► Low bandwidth

Question No: 21 (Marks: 2)

What is purpose of distributed processing?

Question No: 22 (Marks: 3)

What is HDB3?

Question No: 23 (Marks: 5)

Differentiates between the following terms. [10 marks]

(a) Syntax and Semantics of protocol.
(b) Network management and exchange management.
(c) Monolithic and structured.

Question No. 4 Marks: 2

The __________ layer is the layer closest to the transmission medium.
􀂐 Physical
􀂐 Data Link
􀂐 Network
􀂐 Transport

Question No. 5 Marks: 2

The information to be communicated in a data communication system is the
___________.
􀂐 Medium
􀂐 Protocol
􀂐 Message
􀂐 Transmission

Question No. 6 Marks: 2

In ________________ transmission a timing of signal is unimportant.
􀂐 Synchronous
􀂐 Asynchronous
􀂐 Both
􀂐 None of these

Which of the following is most affected by voice?

􀂐 QAM
􀂐 ASK
􀂐 FSK
􀂐 PSK

The __________ layer is the layer closest to the transmission medium.

􀂐 Physical
􀂐 Data Link
􀂐 Network
􀂐 Transport

Which error detection method uses ones complement arithmetic?

􀂐 Simple parity check
􀂐 Two-dimensional parity check
􀂐 CRC
􀂐 Checksum

Question No. 2 Marks : 2

In a time-domain plot, the vertical axis is the measure of ________.
􀂐 Amplitude
􀂐 Frequency
􀂐 Phase
􀂐 Time

Which topology requires a multipoint connection?

􀂐 Mesh
􀂐 Star
􀂐 Bus
􀂐 Ring

Draw the sender and receiver windows for a system using Go-Back-N ARQ, given
the
following:
a. Frame 0 is sent; frame 0 is acknowledged.
b. Frames 1 and 2 are sent; frame 1 and 2 are acknowledged.
c. Frames 3, 4 and 5 are sent; frame 4 is acknowledged; timer for frame 5 expires.
d. Frames 5, 6 and 7 are sent; frames 4 through 7 are acknowledge.

A timer is set when ___________ is (are) sent out.

􀂐 A data frame
􀂐 An ACK
􀂐 A NAK
􀂐 An ARQ

If the data unit is 111111, the divisor 1010, and the remainder 110, what is the
dividend at the receiver?
􀂐 111111011
􀂐 111111110
􀂐 1010110
􀂐 110111111

In cyclic redundancy checking, what is the CRC?

o the divisor
o the quotient
o the dividend
o the remainder

In fiber optics the signal source is ____________waves.

o Light
o Radio
oVery Low frequency
o Infrared
Which multiplexing technique shifts each signal to a different carrier frequency?
o FDM
o Synchronous TDM
o Asynchronous TDM
o None of the above
The _____________of a signal is the width of the frequency spectrum.
o Amplitude
o Bandwidth
o Bit interval
o Phase

Poll/Select is a technique related with

► line control
► line discipline
► error control
Router work on

► data link layer

► physical layer
► network layer

A Null modem is a

► traditional modem
► technique to connect two DTE
► both
WDM(wave division multiplexing) deals with

► electric waves
► light waves
► both
Set of rules governing communication is known as

► OSI model
► Protocol
► Medium
Burst error is easily corrected then bit error.

► TRUE
► FALSE
Unipolar use one voltage levels.

► TRUE
► FALSE
TCP/IP application layers combine the functions of OSI Application, Session and Transport layers.

► TRUE
► FALSE
OSI standard is practically implemented in the form of internet.

► TRUE
► FALSE
In fiber optics, the signal source is __________
waves.
light
radio
infrared
very low frequency

Wave division multiplexing (WDM) is conceptually the same as FDM, except that the multiplexing
and demultiplexing involve _________ signals.
analog
light
digital
periodic
Local loop is a connection between _______________ and
______________.
Subscriber’s handset and exchange
exchange and T-Lines
exchange and E-Lines
None of the above
In vertical redundancy check (VRC) a __________ bit is added to every data
unit.
synchronization
framing
parity
interleaving
In cyclic redundancy checking, what is
CRC?
The divisor
The remainder
The quotient
Which error detection method involves
polynomials?
CRC
VRC
LRC
Checksum
In stop and wait ARQ, if “data 1” has an error, the receiver sends a ________ frame.
NAK
NAK 0
NAK 1
NAK 2
Poll/Select line discipline requires _____________ to identify the
packet recipient.
an address
a timer
 a buffer
a dedicated line

Which of the following best describes a single-bit error?

1 A single bit is inverted
2 A single bit is inverted per transmission
3 A single bit is inverted per data unit
4 Any of the above

In fiber optic cable, the signal source is__________ waves

1 Infrared
2 Light
3 Radio
4 Very Low Frequency

In an environment with many high-voltage devices, the best transmission medium

would be _________.
1 Atmosphere
2 Coaxial Cable
3 Twisted Pair
4 Fiber Optic Cable

Which of the following is not a guided medium?

1 Twisted Pair
2 Fiber Optic Cable
3 Coaxial Cable

Which multiplexing technique involves signals composed of light beams?

1 TDM
2 FDM
3 WDM
4 None of the above

The _______ layer changes bits into electromagnetic signals.

1 Network
2 Application
3 Physical
4 Presentation

Flow Control is needed to prevent ____________

1 Overflow of sender buffer
2 Overflow of the receiver buffer
3 Bit Errors
4 Collision between sender and receiver

DB25 and DB9 are the mechanical specifications of

► RS232
►
EIA23
2
► EIA
530
Top

Q STP is less expensive than UTP and is less susceptible to noise

True

False

Q Troposhpheric Propagation is in two ways light of sight and broadcast.

True

False

Q STP can eliminate a phenomenon called Crosstalk

True

False

Q Data rate limitation of traditional modems is 6KHz.

True

False

Q TROPOSHERE is the layer of atmosphere above the troposhere but below space

True

False

Q Classes of Transmission Media are _________

Electromagnetic Spectrum

Coxial and Twisted Cable Media

Guided and Unguided Media

None of Given
Top

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw 9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBMWRkA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

Time Left

Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 07:31:08

Total Marks: 1
PM )
In Full-duplex, the initiator sends data while the responder waits
Select correct option:

True

False

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBAKumverAQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kct7iSDB/sKRLLjT6iYYDZB7LsvIz4DeMi
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

88
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 07:32:34
Total Marks: 1
PM )
For point-to-point configuration, addressing is needed
Select correct option:

True
 False

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBALGnYOKBgK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kct7iSDNzAEHOZhGzmiIL534553i97qRZZ
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

82
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 07:33:01
Total Marks: 1
PM )
In __________ ARQ, if a NAK is received, only the specific damaged or lost frame is
retransmitted.
Select correct option:

Stop and Wait

Go-Back-N

Selective repeat

Stop-and-wait & Go-back-N

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKx7IrmCQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDDW+pR8Cw NV9liu3I/YWUTfI5OYw

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

86
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 07:34:33
Total Marks: 1
PM )
A timer is set when ___________ is (are) sent out.
Select correct option:
 A data frame

An ACK

A NAK

All of given

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKDx9z9DAK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDJci/TNe9V+j1AxY+JcdgeJPt8UN

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

86
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 07:36:05
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Data link protocols can be divided into ______________ sub-groups.
Select correct option:

two

three

four

five

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgK/tq2cCAK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDOdL/f42FABKbJDhNWgMcy7y22Aq

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

88
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 07:36:53 Total Marks: 1
PM )
Sliding window requires that data frames be transmitted _______________
Select correct option:

Sequentially

Frequently

Asynchronously

Non of the given

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLT2JXTBQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDJ9Bvm+WdDX59forlD93pEn/6RRI

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

88
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 07:38:23
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Flow control is needed to prevent ___________.
Select correct option:

Bit errors

Overflow of the sender buffer

Overflow of the receiver buffer

Collision between sender and receiver

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKMyMycCQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDOXcxzDaocMLYEFAZ0Y0By80/08a

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

 88
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 07:39:57
Total Marks: 1
PM )
XMODEM is a ______________ protocol designed for telephone-line communication
b/w PCs.
Select correct option:

file transfer

hardware

software

application exchange

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLXlvvLCQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDJSG/1w 50H/jlOy5Ferw 9xE89ryP

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

85
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 07:41:29
Total Marks: 1
PM )
In a Go-Back-N ARQ, if the window size is 63, what is the range of sequence number?
Select correct option:

0 to 63

0 to 64

1 to 63

1 to 64

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLt3paPDAK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDMrE5g/UbNjqCqpjOVrEQUZZmIkc
 BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

88
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 07:43:01
Total Marks: 1
PM )
In Go-Back-N ARQ, if frames 4, 5 and 6 are received successfully, the receiver may
send an ACK ___________ to the sender.
Select correct option:

Any of the given

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKogPX3Dw K254SXBw K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDN2v80zlsHyn9PtXjQNdL25SKBeu

Top

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw 9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBMWRkA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

87
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 07:31:08
Total Marks: 1
PM )
In Full-duplex, the initiator sends data while the responder waits
 Select correct option:

True

False

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
True /w EWBAKumverAQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kct7iSDB/sKRLLjT6iYYDZB7LsvIz4DeMi
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMx

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

Time Left

Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 07:32:34

Total Marks: 1
PM )
For point-to-point configuration, addressing is needed
Select correct option:

True

False

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBALGnYOKBgK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kct7iSDNzAEHOZhGzmiIL534553i97qRZZ
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

82
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 07:33:01 Total Marks: 1
PM )
In __________ ARQ, if a NAK is received, only the specific damaged or lost frame is
retransmitted.
Select correct option:

Stop and Wait

Go-Back-N
Selective repeat

Stop-and-wait & Go-back-N

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKx7IrmCQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDDW+pR8Cw NV9liu3I/YWUTfI5OYw

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

86
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 07:34:33
Total Marks: 1
PM )
A timer is set when ___________ is (are) sent out.
Select correct option:

A data frame

An ACK

A NAK

All of given
 Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 
/w EWBgKDx9z9DAK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDJci/TNe9V+j1AxY+JcdgeJPt8UN

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

86
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 07:36:05
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Data link protocols can be divided into ______________ sub-groups.
Select correct option:

two
three

four

five

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgK/tq2cCAK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDOdL/f42FABKbJDhNWgMcy7y22Aq

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

88
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 07:36:53
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Sliding window requires that data frames be transmitted _______________
 Select correct option:

Sequentially

Frequently

Asynchronously

Non of the given

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLT2JXTBQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDJ9Bvm+WdDX59forlD93pEn/6RRI

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

88
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 07:38:23
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Flow control is needed to prevent ___________.
Select correct option:

Bit errors

Overflow of the sender buffer

Overflow of the receiver buffer

Collision between sender and receiver

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKMyMycCQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDOXcxzDaocMLYEFAZ0Y0By80/08a
 BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

88
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 07:39:57
Total Marks: 1
PM )
XMODEM is a ______________ protocol designed for telephone-line communication
b/w PCs.
Select correct option:

file transfer

hardware

software

application exchange

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLXlvvLCQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDJSG/1w 50H/jlOy5Ferw 9xE89ryP

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

85
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 07:41:29
Total Marks: 1
PM )
In a Go-Back-N ARQ, if the window size is 63, what is the range of sequence number?
Select correct option:
 0 to 63

0 to 64

1 to 63

1 to 64

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLt3paPDAK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMxIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDMrE5g/UbNjqCqpjOVrEQUZZmIkc

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:31 PM

88
Time
sec(s
Left
)
Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 07:43:01
Total Marks: 1
PM )
In Go-Back-N ARQ, if frames 4, 5 and 6 are received successfully, the receiver may
send an ACK ___________ to the sender.
Select correct option:

Any of the given

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKogPX3Dw K254SXBw K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDN2v80zlsHyn9PtXjQNdL25SKBeu
Top

CS601
Solved MCQS
By Shifa Zahra

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw 9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBMWRkA

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 07:19:43
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Bridges can divide a large ________ into smaller segments
Select correct option:

Packet

Frame

Address

Network

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKpqbGLDQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDF85kZ7gdxrsiJfDw qNWIZVfE+0s

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

 Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

Time
62
Left sec(s
)
Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 07:20:57
Total Marks: 1
PM )
__________ Frames are reserved for system management
Select correct option:

S-frames

U-Frames

I-Frames

None of the above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLakqipAgK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDBpcnb5r6O6FaflBh+VoDzRW2w Ye

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 07:22:27
Total Marks: 1
PM )
In which of the following networking scenarios would a router be the optimal
connectivity device?
Select correct option:

WAN
 LAN

MAN

Both LAN and WAN

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKO65a3CQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDGO1eJOUrtKWEPRpbpEOE3PkOERe

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 07:23:58
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Information field contains the user data in __________ and network management
information in a __________.
Select correct option:

S- Frame, U- Frame

U- Frame, I- Frame

I-Frame, U-Frame

S-frame, U-Frame

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgL22ZrJDgK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDIUqJ23NnLgcXHN+lx7Pocbeno+W

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

 Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

Time
85
Left sec(s
)
Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 07:25:26
Total Marks: 1
PM )
HDLC is an acronym for ______________.
Select correct option:

High-duplex line communication

High-level data link control

Half-duplex digital link combination

Host double-level circuit

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKXxO2TDQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDF/H3VAZk01HhE34j/CYReGVNhhe

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 07:26:05
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Routers are _________ Devices.
Select correct option:

Unintelligent

Internetworking
 Networking

None of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLPidSiCw K254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDP0b1xyfucotOWT+tHSmK0xO8ybI

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 07:27:35
Total Marks: 1
PM )
BSC supports _____________ transmission using ______________ flow control.
Select correct option:

Full-duplex, Stop and wait ARQ

Half-duplex, Selective reject ARQ

Full-duplex, Selective reject ARQ

Half-duplex, Stop and wait ARQ

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKjieHcBAK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDOc8OTodXB2hCs7y2Iw DoO0figiB

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

 Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 07:28:27
Total Marks: 1
PM )
The BNC-T connector is a T-shaped device with _______ ports
Select correct option:

One

Two

Three

Four

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKima6CAQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDNx06RBKIha5kgWGogFHxYpJUURS

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 07:29:49
Total Marks: 1
PM )
The PDU has no flag fields, no CRC, and no station address
Select correct option:

True

False
 Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 
/w EWBALVobffCw K254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kct7iSDLaRASUvfSo4r8zuPgZs6fp3iOgo
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjE5IFBNZGQCAQ

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 07:19 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 07:31:24
Total Marks: 1
PM )
The DSAP and SSAP are addresses used by _________ to identify the protocol stacks
Select correct option:

Network

MAC

LLC

All of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLi2cT8Dw K254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDERncQgnEeBLY6DG2S33VQNH9Rxz

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

Time
55
Left sec(s
)
Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 07:33:51
Total Marks: 1
PM )
__________ Frames are reserved for system management
 Select correct option:

S-frames

U-Frames

I-Frames

None of the above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKB18rGDQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDPnD8UsrlEeaDig1oWD3n2VXf4NR

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 07:34:44
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Ethernet LANs can support data rates between _______________
Select correct option:

1 and 200 Mbps

1 and 100 Mbps

1 and 500 Mbps

1 and 100 Gbps

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
 /w EWBgKSyPLeBw /w
K254SXBw
EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDMH9EVnPUD3NQDR+TjR7eJdirlgg

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

Time
86
Left sec(s
)
Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 07:36:17
Total Marks: 1
PM )
BSC stands for ____________________
Select correct option:

Binary Search Protocols

Bit Synchronization class

Binary Synchronous communication

Bit synchronous protocol

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLbtvq8DQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDHxZY4e4otu2zffixw top3fzNQTA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 07:37:24
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Routers are _________ Devices.
Select correct option:
 Unintelligent

Internetworking

Networking

None of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKgmL36Bw/w
K254SXBw
EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDMcjcxYfR+YK+U0C802pClHSa2jL

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

Time
86
Left sec(s
)
Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 07:37:43
Total Marks: 1
PM )
In token ring one disabled or disconnected node will not affect the traffic flow around
the entire network any how.
Select correct option:

True

False

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBAKdlp/nDQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kct7iSDCeYOLR9IqtZi96b5/feBcjG+Ebd
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

 Time
85
Left sec(s
)
Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 07:38:35
Total Marks: 1
PM )
CSMA/CD stands for___________
Select correct option:

collision stop multiple access/collision detection

collective sense multiple access/collision detection

carrier sense multiple access/collision detection

control software multiple access/collision detection

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKtv4nLAQK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDJvELlYpsRemvf suYVyUTAkt8NhY

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 07:40:06
Total Marks: 1
PM )
IEEE divides the base band category into ______ standards.
Select correct option:

6
 5

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgK9trtKArbnhJcHArXnhJcHArDnhJcHArfnhJcHApy3uJIMgEkWpWjpq9MumphczEQFhkVLFhU=
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw 9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

Time
89
Left sec(s
)
Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 07:41:00
Total Marks: 1
PM )
One MAU can support up to ____ stations
Select correct option:

10

12

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgLw rKT9AgK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDDcVUx85hK0q/CvBmxtjSzWme0Af

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

 Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 07:42:25
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Router is ___________ layer Device.
Select correct option:

Physical

Network

Data Link

None of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKI2Ya3DAK254SXBw
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA3OjMzIFBNZGQCAQ
Kct7iSDBxTgLBdLyBBHddXaolvYH3yNCZP

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 07:33 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 07:43:48
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Bit oriented protocols are Asynchronous protocols.
Select correct option:

True

False
 Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 

Best Of Luck …………….

/w EWBALI0rm+BAK254SXBw K154SXBw Kct7iSDKmaPzC4YQJHjEGt8dOcWaW6sIw W

Top

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Question # 1 of 15 ( Start time: 05:20:32

Total Marks: 1
PM )
What is meant by police server in first lecture?
Select correct option:

Guide to traffic

Observer and traffic executor

Observer
none of above
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLhjIz0DAK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDNYVN1p4ciMb6blE/IcSzRCNdCho
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBMmRkA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
76
Left sec(s
)
Question # 2 of 15 Total Marks: 1
( Start time: 05:22:05
PM )
Frequency of carrier signal is changed
according to the amplitude of modulating
signal in ______.
Select correct option:

AM

FM
PM

None of above

 
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

/w EWBgKM5OH8CgK254SXBw K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDL6AyhR5jhsfZCNoicXsqyXMLFWz

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
77
Left sec(s
)
Question # 3 of 15
( Start time: 05:23:37 Total Marks: 1
PM )
The four basic elements of any
communication system include
Select correct option:

peer-to-peer, videoconferencing, online

photo-conferencing, net optical
sending and receiving devices,
communication channel, connection
device, and data transmission
specifications
telephone lines, coaxial cables, fiber-
optics cables, and communication
channel
 software, hardware,
communication channel,
network
 
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgL9iJbw BgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDNnjb98hR6zbU1xl1Psd2geesEWB
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBNGRkA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 4 of 15
( Start time: 05:25:07 Total Marks: 1
PM )
The rules for exchanging data between
computers are called
Select correct option:

interconnections

synchronous packages

protocols
data transmission synchronization

 
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKlxfuYBgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDJTQt/quGAqw J5ah1TW+hyyGpxzk
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBNWRkA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time 88
Left sec(s
 )
Question # 5 of 15
( Start time: 05:26:18 Total Marks: 1
PM )
what is data communication?
Select correct option:

subset of telecommunication as it deals

only with the data of Signals

subset of telecommunication
as it deals only with the data
of 0's and 1's
is same as telecommunication

none of above

 
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKQibDcAQK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDIIEP3w pH3d2t2BsbIN/THXBJBy+
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBNmRkA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time Left

Question # 6 of 15 ( Start time: 05:27:33

Total Marks: 1
PM )
Analog To Analog Conversion Methods include ______.
Select correct option:

AM, PM and FM

AM, FSK and PM

AM, PM and QAM
 None of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLqm5rKDAK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDFo+UQbiJ1w H8kGfFxNVw
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBN2RkAg
XXQSMPx

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
74
Left sec(s
)
Question # 7 of 15 ( Start time: 05:28:54
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Time domain shows changes in ________
Select correct option:

time w.r.t signal amplitude

signal amplitude w.r.t time

time

All of above
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKpnOiKDgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDK6qakN67GYWrGr6fgSjcouGtguS
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBOGRkA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 8 of 15 ( Start time: 05:30:14
Total Marks: 1
PM )
RZ stands for _________.
Select correct option:
 Return to Z
Retire a Zero

Return ot Zero

None of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKW9aiQCgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDAv38vOtdAzwIFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBOWRkA
vB13aPa/w V7w H2/W

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 9 of 15 ( Start time: 05:31:19
Total Marks: 1
PM )
These communication devices originate as well as accept messages in the form of data,
information, and/or instructions.
Select correct option:

i-drives

sending and receiving devices

key chain drives

optical drives

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgL+m4mDAw K254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDPBDSp/HMBG+iFJRMg1h+4KpvrLZ
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUCMTBkZA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
81
Left sec(s
)
Question # 10 of 15 ( Start time: 05:34:50
Total Marks: 1
PM )
One of the most dramatic changes in connectivity and communications in the past five
years or so has been ____.
Select correct option:

mobile or wireless telephones

public and private discussion

satellite uplinks

running programs on remote computers

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgL7n6HSBgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDMMik0bHbN6oyWxtogatUW2yFPf/
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUCMTFkZA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 11 of 15 ( Start time: 05:35:46
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Which level of the TCP/IP reference model routes data/information across a network
channel?
Select correct option:

Application layer

Data Link Layer

Transport Layer

Network Layer

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgL4iKWw BQK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDIaaoG8fgM6n6OfU16BOIHY8WcDI
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUCMTJkZA
 BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 05:36:37
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Encoding digital data into digital signals is called _________
Select correct option:

Analog-to-Digital Conversion
Digital-to-Digital Conversion

Digital-to-Analog Conversion

None of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLK2gMCtueElw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
cCteeElw cCsOeElw cCt+eElw cCnLe4kgw pkTjCQBSP8ekVUTLnzH5M6UYQiA==
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUCMTNkZA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time Left

Question # 13 of 15 ( Start time: 05:37:22

Total Marks: 1
PM )
Variation in Characteristics of Sine Wave for converting digital into analog we need
_________.
Select correct option:

Amplitude
 Frequency

Phase

Any of these

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLA1obYAQK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDGVQTRGTxqolTGnqpOXdtCiv3SA/
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUCMTRkZA

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
78
Left sec(s
)
Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 05:38:28
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Each computer on the Internet has a unique numeric address called a(n)
Select correct option:

domain address

protocol address

IP address
Web address

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKvw a7rDgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjIw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDN4/W+I6obUiQoiLGNhucvpdxeq+
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUCMTVkZ

BC080400849 : Nimra Qamar

Quiz Start Time: 05:20 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 05:39:11 Total Marks: 1
PM )
Two or more computers connected so that they can communicate with each other and
share information is called a
Select correct option:

satellite

protocol

broadcast

network
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKw oZqeAgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjQw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDM7mkI7B1aS/sIpp+4Dvltigo9oV
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBMmRk

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
84
Left sec(s
)
Question # 2 of 15 ( Start time: 05:40:49
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Connectivity is a concept related to
Select correct option:

transmitting information, either by computer

or by phone
the interconnections within a computer

using computer networks to link people and resources

being in an active session with your computer

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBALE8MzrAw K254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjQw
K154SXBw Kct7iSDIcgcAlng+B/88ALeImxYIMN9jr5 IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBM2RkA

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time Left

Question # 3 of 15 ( Start time: 05:41:51

Total Marks: 1
PM )
Internet with small “i” specifies the world wide Network the actual internet.
Select correct option:

true
false

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLa4ILtAQK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjQw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDJyRbjVbRAU000EG2cR76847xZw
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBNGRkA
u

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 4 of 15 ( Start time: 05:43:20
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Any device that is connected to a network is called a
Select correct option:

client

node
server

manager

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
 /w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgK0142qBgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjQw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDHJ8LlLGFSl0mJGfHm2FnpYGDxYF
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBNWRk

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 5 of 15 ( Start time: 05:44:24
Total Marks: 1
PM )
__________ of a signal is the collection of all the component frequencies it contains
Select correct option:

Time domain

Frequency domain

Frequency spectrum
None of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgK/hq/XDw K254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjQw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDCIEoqCYBFhPAJ0/JTxDzaFiw
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBNmRkA
1N2

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 6 of 15 ( Start time: 05:45:17
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Which of the following connection methods would not be used to connect devices
between two different offices?
Select correct option:

twisted pairs
 fiber-optics

coaxial cables

infrared
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLuvKLgBAK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjQw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDAP7OJxTdIckNvjeNGUCWMaQmPhL
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBN2RkA

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
89
Left sec(s
)
Question # 7 of 15 ( Start time: 05:46:45
Total Marks: 1
PM )
What is meant by police server in first lecture?
Select correct option:

Guide to traffic

Observer and traffic executor

Observer
none of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLDkpbECgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjQw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDOUPKsN61JEXiomAjBgog/cFMhcp
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBOGRk

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time Left
Question # 8 of 15 ( Start time: 05:48:10
Total Marks: 1
PM )
The Internet is ...
Select correct option:

software for sending e-mail around the world

a government-owned agency that links computers

a global network of computers networks

a specialised form of local area network

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgK6jpmlAgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjQw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDCD2GP5vSUFOj4W7Fqw
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBOWRk
b1EKtXN8k

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 9 of 15 ( Start time: 05:49:35
Total Marks: 1
PM )
There are three types of Hubs that exist. Which of the following options correctly
describes these three
Select correct option:

Passive, dormant, special

Active , dormant , passive

Passive, Active, Turbo

Passive, Active, Intelligent

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKS+YGJCAK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjQw
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDGduaJTkkoZYYiDw
IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUCMTBkZ
qtYDVFFLeO2X
  
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKahM/PBw K254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDPqzeOD

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 05:52:24
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Data is transmitted using light through a ____ cable
Select correct option:

twisted pair

fiber-optic
coaxial

microwave

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgK+8NfZCQK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDAw +uB

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 13 of 15 ( Start time: 05:53:06
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Which physical connection is the fastest?
Select correct option:

twisted pair

coaxial

fiber-optic

microwave

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLQ7J/zCAK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDPd5fhT3

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 05:53:54
Total Marks: 1
PM )
If a station does not receive its signal up to a specified time that system issues an alarm
to ____________
Select correct option:

network analyzer

network manager

All of above

Non given
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBAL92OS/DgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kct7iSDGEYedNO0uZUjD7iq9pLLIEQuRM

BC080400971 : Ammara Batool

 Quiz Start Time: 05:40 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 05:55:10
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Are link, Path, circuit and routing the same thing?
Select correct option:

Yes

No
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKo5Z3rDgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDFnrqmUp

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
86
Left sec(s
)
Question # 1 of 15 ( Start time: 05:57:16
Total Marks: 1
PM )
The transmission medium that carries the message is referred to as the
Select correct option:

send and receive device

communication channel
protocol

gateways

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKKjtTLDw K254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDMMk2w g

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

 Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 2 of 15 ( Start time: 05:58:46
Total Marks: 1
PM )
There are three types of Hubs that exist. Which of the following options correctly
describes these three
Select correct option:

Passive, dormant, special

Active , dormant , passive

Passive, Active, Turbo

Passive, Active, Intelligent

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLygPyw BgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDMWe6y

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
76
Left sec(s
)
Question # 3 of 15 ( Start time: 05:59:13
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Time domain shows changes in ________
Select correct option:

time w.r.t signal amplitude

signal amplitude w.r.t time

time

All of above
 Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBAK9ubrXBAK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kct7iSDOzr2KKTrW/9BX5DHqCoJSITorG

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time Left

Question # 4 of 15 ( Start time: 06:00:23

Total Marks: 1
PM )
A network where data is actually a bit stream in the shape of 0's and 1's.
Select correct option:

Yes
No

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 

/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKCyJDTDQK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA1OjU3IFBNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBNWRkA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDKqDgYeYZmTRBHeItmujMw pLnW2Z

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
86
Left sec(s
)
Question # 5 of 15 ( Start time: 06:01:04
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Which physical connection is the fastest?
Select correct option:

twisted pair

coaxial
 fiber-optic
microwave

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgKHo47HAQK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDDPda0u

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 7 of 15 ( Start time: 06:02:26
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Which level of the TCP/IP reference model routes data/information across a network
channel?
Select correct option:

Application layer

Data Link Layer

Transport Layer

Network Layer
Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLR5rKFAw K254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDLp8UET

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time Left

Question # 8 of 15 ( Start time: 06:03:25

Total Marks: 1
PM )
Connectivity is a concept related to
Select correct option:

transmitting information, either by computer

or by phone
the interconnections within a computer

using computer networks to link people and resources

being in an active session with your computer

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EWBgKq0eauBgK254SXBw K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDMMr2YP

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 9 of 15 ( Start time: 06:04:51
Total Marks: 1
PM )
The four basic elements of any communication system include
Select correct option:

peer-to-peer, videoconferencing, online photo-conferencing, net optical

sending and receiving devices, communication channel, connection device, and
data transmission specifications
telephone lines, coaxial cables, fiber-optics cables, and communication channel

software, hardware, communication channel, network

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLb9fO4BAK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDBUJZ7H

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

 Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
81
Left sec(s
)
Question # 10 of 15 ( Start time: 06:05:56
Total Marks: 1
PM )
The Internet is ...
Select correct option:

software for sending e-mail around the world

a government-owned agency that links computers

a global network of computers networks

a specialised form of local area network

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLprvVfArbnhJcHArXnhJcHArDnhJcHArfnhJcHApy3uJIMT90M4/vOBBAjAn
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time Left

Question # 11 of 15 ( Start time: 06:06:20

Total Marks: 1
PM )
One of the most dramatic changes in connectivity and communications in the past five
years or so has been ____.
Select correct option:

mobile or wireless telephones

public and private discussion

satellite uplinks

running programs on remote computers

 Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question
 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLUsq3OBQK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDC3V58A

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
85
Left sec(s
)
Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 06:06:44
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Which of the following is most affected by noise?
Select correct option:

PSK

ASK

FSK
QAM

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgL+odObBgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDPyq56iV

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
88
Left sec(s
)
Question # 13 of 15 ( Start time: 06:07:35
Total Marks: 1
PM )
By subtracting frequency from lowest to highest we get __________
Select correct option:

frequency spectrum
 maximum frequency

bandwidth
none

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLRsYw 8ArbnhJcHArXnhJcHArDnhJcHArfnhJcHApy3uJIMQ406lL7w
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDAhVI2B

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 06:08:24
Total Marks: 1
PM )
Digitizing an Analog Signal is called ________
Select correct option:

Analog-to-Digital Conversion
Digital-to-Digital Conversion

Digital-to-Analog Conversion

None of above

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 
/w EPDw UKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw
/w EWBgLQsIjUCgK254SXBw
9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDA
K154SXBw Kw 54SXBw K354SXBw Kct7iSDL8GBmOK

BC080400973 : Nimra Sahar Aslam

Quiz Start Time: 05:57 PM

Time
87
Left sec(s
)
Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 06:09:02
Total Marks: 1
PM )
If a station does not receive its signal up to a specified time that system issues an alarm
to ____________
Select correct option:

network analyzer

network manager

All of above

Non given

Click here to Save Answ er & Move to Next Question

 

Top

CS601
Solved MCQS
By Shifa Zahra

 
1. There are three types of Hubs that exist. Which of the following
options correctly describes these three.
a. Passive, dormant, special
a. Active , dormant , passive
a. Passive, Active, Turbo
a. Passive, Active, Intelligent
1. A number of different factors determine the cost of a Hub. Which of
 the following is among these factors?
a. Speed rating
a. Durability
a. Brand
a. Class
 
1. Three (3) basic devices are used in setting up a single Network.
Which of the following best describes these devices?
a. NIC(Ethernet), Hub, Twisted pair/Coaxial cable
a. Disk drive, CPU, Hub
a. Hub, CPU, NIC(Ethernet)
a. Disk drive , Hub, NIC(Ethernet)

1. Which of the following network topologies among the list below is

incorrect?
a. Star
a. Internet
a. Ring
a. Bus
1. Which of the following is not a feature of Baseband Coaxial Cable?
a. Bi-directional
a. Few Kilometre range
a. Proton based
a. Ethernet(basis for 802.3) at 10 Mbps
1. Which of the following is not a function of a repeater?
 a. Uses Jumper Settings
a. Transmits data in both directions
a. No Buffering
a. Joins two(2) segments of cables
1. Which level of the TCP/IP reference model routes data/information
across a network channel ?
a. Application layer
a. Data Link Layer
a. Transport Layer
a. Network Layer
 
1. The function of a modem is to convert signals. Identify the correct
signals it converts.
a. Analogue to Digital
a. Analogue to Baud rate
a. Baud rate to Analogue
a. Digital to Binary
1. Identify the statement which best describes TCP and UDP.
a. TCP is a connection oriented Protocol whiles UDP is a datagram
service
a. TCP is a protocol for the Network Layer of the OSI
a. UDP and TCP could be used interchangeably
a. TCP is an advanced protocol whiles UDP is a single protocol
1. Which of the following characteristics best describes a frame?
a. Data link layer(Header, Trailer, Data)
 a. Network Layer(Header, Trailer, Data)
a. Transport Layer(Header, Trailer, Data)
a. Physical Layer(Header, Trailer, Data)
 
1. What does the terminology ISDN mean?
a. Internal Digital Services Network
a. Integrated Systems Digital Network
a. Integrated Services Digital Naming System
a. Integrated Services Digital Network
1. What does the terminology ATM mean?
a. Automatic transfer mode
a. Automatic translation mode
a. Asynchronous transfer mode
a. Asynchronous transformation mode
1. A simple Architecture for File Transfer is made up of :
a. File transfer application; Communications service module;
Network access module (may be)
a. File transfer application; transport layer; Network access module
a. Network access layer; Transport layer; Application layer
a. Application layer; Network layer; Session layer
1. Which of the following statements is true about standards?
a. Standards create additional cost
a. Standards help individuals users to increase effectiveness
a. Standards allow products from multiple vendors to communicate
a. Standards cannot freeze technology
 
1. Which of the following statement is true about FLOW CONTROL?
a. Flow control is a function performed by a receiving entity to limit
the amount or rate of data on a network.
a. Flow control adjusts the weights on a network
a. Flow control is a function performed by the MODEM
a. Flow control is an advanced form of network management
 
1. (18) What is the full meaning of the terminology SMTP?
a. State Mail Transfer Protocol
a. Simple Mail Tailor Protocol
a. Simple Management Transfer Protocol
a. Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
1. Several Computers connected together is called:
a. Client-server
a. Client
a. Computer network
a. Hub
1. In which of the following networks does the client submit a task to the
server, then the server executes and returns the result for the
requesting client station?
a. Peer-to-Peer
b. Client-Server
c. Server-Based
c. All of the above
 1. Which of the following topologies is used for Ethernet?
a. Star
a. Bus
a. Ring
a. All of the above
Complete the following:
 
1. Computers on a university campus are connected by a/an:
a. MAN
a. WAN
a. LAN
a. INTERNET
1. The primary function of the network layer is:
a. Error detection
a. Set up a session
a. Routing
a. Encryption
1. Which of the following standards apply to logical link control?
a. IEEE 802.3
a. IEEE 802.2
a. IEEE 802.5
a. IEEE 802.4
1. Which organisation defines standards for telecommunication?
a. ITU
 a. IEEE
a. EIA
a. ISO
1. Which of the following statements is a true description of fibre Optic
Cable.
a. Fibre optic cables transfer data in a mesh
a. Fibre optic cables transfer data in light form
a. Fibre optic cables are similar to coaxial cables
a. Non of the above
1. Which of the following is not true of Switching technology?
a. Packet Switching
a. Link Switching
a. Packets are switched in the form of datagrams
a. Circuit Switching techniques
1. Which of the following is not a routing strategy?
a. Fixed routing
a. Adaptive routing
a. Random routing
a. Float routing
 
1. (38) Which of the following statement is true about an IP address?
a. IP address is based on your computer network card
a. IP address is issued by a computer vendor
a. IP address is a Transport Protocol
a. IP address is not used on the internet
 
 
1. Which of the following is not associated with the session layer
a. Control of dialogue between applications
a. Dialogue discipline
a. Data compression
a. Synchronisation
1. Which of the following is not true about the network layer
a. Provision of sufficient information to switch and route packets to
another station
a. Provides various routing internet protocols
a. Information units known as packets
a. Handles data formats and coding
1. What layer contains the logic needed to support the various user
applications
a. Presentation
a. Session
a. Application
a. Network access
1. Which of these protocols does not guarantee delivery, preservation of
sequence or protection against duplication
a. HTTP
a. FTP
a. UDP
a. SMTP
1. Choose the layer responsible for synchronisation and dialogue control
between networks
a. Network
a. Transport
a. Session
a. Data-link
1. Which of the following is not a characteristic of the OSI model
a. Each layer performs a subset of the required communication functions
a. Each layer does not rely on the next lower layer to perform more
primitive functions
a. Each layer provides services to the next higher layer
a. Changes in one layer should not require changes in other layers
1. Which layer is responsible for decomposition of messages and
generation of sequence numbers to ensure correct re-composition
from end to end of the network
a. Physical
a. Data-link
a. Transport
a. Application
1. Which of these is not part of the TCP/IP model
a. Network access
a. Internet
a. Presentation
a. Application 
1. Which of the following is not true about a frame
a. Data link layer header
 a. Network layer header
a. Upper layer data
a. Data Link layer trailer
1. In the TCP/IP model what protocol is popular in the internet layer
a. TCP
a. UDP
a. IP
a. FTP
 
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one best describes the given statement:

"To allow multiple users to share total capacity of a transmission medium"

► congestion control
► exchange management
► multiplexing

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Transmitting passwords is the responsibility of

► communication service module
► network access module
► file transfer application

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Line configuration refers to the way two or more devices attach to a ______.
► Link
► Circuit
► Route
► Node

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Secondary hub in a tree must be a passive hub.

► True
► False
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In mesh topology, if there are five nodes then there will be _______ links.
►5
► 10
► 15
► 20

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Line configuration is the function of ____________ layer

► data link
► network
► physical
► transport

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data link layer deals with mechanical and electrical specifications of transmission
medium and interface
► True
► False

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Session layer is responsible for segmentation and reassembly.

► True
► False

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A signal that repeats a pattern over a regular interval of time is called_______.

► periodic signal
► analog signal
► composite signal

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Signal can be controlled by three attributes: Amplitude, frequency and _______.

► phase
► time
► wavelength

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Frequency band in which 99% of the total power resides is called_______
► power bandwidth
► half power bandwidth
► 3dB bandwidth
► F.M.

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The amplitude of a digital signal depends upon the________ to represent a bit.

► phase
► voltage
► wavelength

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

DC component is also termed as Direct current component or a component with non-zero

frequency.
► False
► True

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The last process in PCM is _________ digital data into digital signal.

► encoding
► decoding
► modulating

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The powerful carrier signal is called as the___________

► carrier frequency
► base signal
► carrier frequency and base signal
► none of given

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In 8QAM each signal shift or one baud represents ______.

► 4 bits
► 2 bits
► 5 bits
► 3 bits

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Modulation of an analog signal can be accomplished through changing the ___________
of the carrier signal.
►amplitude
►frequency
►phase
►all of the given

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In ____________ transmission the timing of the signal is unimportant.

► Asynchronous
► Synchronous
► Polar
► Bi-polar

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, bits are transmitted simultaneously, each across its own
wire.
► Asynchronous serial
► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, bits are transmitted over a single wire, one at a time.
► Asynchronous serial
► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, a start bit and a stop bit frame a character byte.
► Asynchronous serial
► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A ______________ converts an analog signal into a digital signal.

► Demodulator
► Modulator
 ► Digital-to-analog converter

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

________
_ requires more bandwidth.
► FSK
► ASK
► PSK
► QAM

  Best Of Luck …………….

 

Top

Cs601
Solved MCQS
1. 1: In a _______ name space, a name is assigned to an
address. A name in this space is a sequence of characters
without structure.
2. a. flat b. hierarchical c. organized
d. none of the above

3. 2: In a _________name space, each name is made of

several parts.
4. a. flat b. hierarchical c. organized
d. none of the above

5. 3: To have a hierarchical name space, a ______________

was designed.
6. a. domain space b. domain name c. domain name
space d. none of the above
7. 4: In the DNS, the names are defined in ___________
structure.
8. a. a linear list b. an inverted-tree c. a graph
d. none of the above

9. 5: Each node in the tree has a _______, which is a string

with a maximum of ___ characters.
10.a. label; 127 b. name; 255 c. label; 63
d. none of the above

11.6: The root of the DNS tree is _______.

12.a. a string of characters b. a string of 63
characters
13.c. an empty string d. none of the above

14.7: A full domain name is a sequence of labels separated

by ________.
15.a. semicolons b. Dots c. Colons
d. none of the above

16.8: If a label is terminated by a null string, it is called a

__________.
17.a. PQDN b. FQDN c. SQDN d. none of
the above

18.9: If a label is not terminated by a null string, it is called

a __________.
19.a. PQDN b. FQDN c. SQDN d. none of
the above
20.10: A _________ is a subtree of the domain name space.
21.a. label b. name c. domain d. none of
the above

22.11: What a server is responsible for or has authority over

is called a _________.
23.a. domain b. Label c. Zone d. none of
the above
24.12: A _______ is a server whose zone consists of the whole
tree.
25.a. domain server b. zone server c. root
server d. none of the above

26.13: A ________ server loads all information from the disk

file.
27.a. primary b. secondary c. zone
d. none of the above

28.14: A ________ server loads all information from the

primary server.
29.a. primary b. secondary c. zone d.
none of the above

30.15: When the secondary downloads information from the

primary, it is called ______ transfer.
31.a. domain b. Zone c. Label d. none of
the above

32.16: In the Internet, the domain name space (tree) is

divided into _______ different sections:
33.a. three b. two c. four d. none of the above

34.17: The _______ domains define registered hosts

according to their generic behavior.
35.a. generic b. country c. inverse d. none of
the above

36.18: The first level in the generic domains section allows

______ possible labels.
37.a. 10 b. 12 c. 16 d. none of the above

38.19: The ____________ domain section uses two-character

country abbreviations.
39.a. generic b. country c. inverse d. none of
the above
40.20: The _________ domain is used to map an address to a
name.
41.a. generic b. country c. inverse d. none of
the above

42.21: In __________ resolution, the resolver expects the

server to supply the final answer.
43.a. iterative b. recursive c. straight
d. none of the above

44.22: In __________ resolution, the server returns the IP

address of the server that it thinks can resolve the query.
45.a. iterative b. recursive c. straight d.
none of the above

46.23: In the domain name chal.atc.fhda.edu, _______ is the

least specific label.
47.a. chal b. atc c. edu d. none of the
above

48.24: In the domain name chal.atc.fhda.edu, _______ is the

most specific label.
49.a. chal b. atc c. fhda d. none of the
above

50.25: A host with the domain name pit.arc.nasa.gov. is on

the _______ level of the DNS hierarchical tree. (The root is
level one.)
51.a. third b. fourth c. fifth d. none of
the above

52.26: A pointer query involves the _______ domain.

53.a. inverse b. Reverse c. Root d. none of
the above

54.27: DNS can use the services of ________ using the well-
known port 53.
55.a. UDP b. TCP c. either (a) or (b)
 d. none of the above

56.33: When the sender and the receiver of an email are on

the same system, we need only ___________.
57.a. one UA b. two UAs c. one UA and one MTA
d. none of the above

58.34: When the sender and the receiver of an email are on

different systems, we need only _____________.
59.a. one MTA b. two UAs c. two UAs and one
pair of MTAs d. none of the above

60.35: When the sender is connected to the mail server via a

LAN or a WAN, we need ______________.
61.a. two MTA b. two UAs and two pairs of MTAs
c. two UAs and a pair of MTAs d.
none of the above

62.36: When both sender and receiver are connected to a

mail server via a LAN or a WAN, we need
___________________.
63.a. two UAs, two pairs of MTAs, and a pair of MAAs
b. two UAs, and two pairs of MTAs
64.c. two UAs, two pairs of MTAs, and two pairs of MAAs
d. none of the above

65.37: ________ provides service to the user to make the

process of sending and receiving a message easier.
66.a. An MTA b. An MAA c. A UA d. none of
the above

67.38: Which of the following services is not provided by a

UA?
68.a. composing messages b. reading messages c.
replying messages d. all are
69.39: There are two types of user agents: _________ and
___________.
70.a. command-driven; data-driven b.
command-driven; GUI-based
71.c. command-based and data-based d. none of the
above

72.40: The ________ usually contains the sender address, the

receiver address, and other information.
73.a. message b. envelope c. both a and b
d. none of the above

74.41: The message contains the ________ and the

__________.
75.a. header; envelop b. header; body c. envelop;
body d. none of the above

76.42: In the Internet, the email address consists of two

parts: a _______ and a _______.
77.a. local part; domain name b. global part;
domain name
78.c. label; domain name d. none of the
above

79.43: _________ is a supplementary protocol that allows

non-ASCII data to be sent through email.
80.a. JPEG b. MPEG c. MIME d. none of
the above

81.44: The actual mail transfer is done through

____________.
82.a. Uas b. MTAs c. MAAs d. none of
the above

83.45: The formal protocol that defines the MTA client and
server in the Internet is called ___________.
84.a. SMTP b. SNMP c. TELNET d. none of
the above
85.46: The process of transferring a mail message occurs in
________ phases.
86.a. two b. four c. five d. none of the
above

87.47: SMTP is a __________protocol.

88.a. pull b. push c. both a and b d.
none of the above

89.48: The third stage in an email transfer needs a ________

protocol.
90.a. pull b. push c. both a and b d.
none of the above

91.49: The third stage in an email transfer uses a(n) ________

protocol.
92.a. UA b. MTA c. MAA d. none of
the above

93.50: Currently two message access protocols are available:

_______ and _________.
94.a. POP3; IMAP2b. POP4; IMAP1 c. POP3; IMAP4
d. none of the above

95.51: Which part of the mail created by the UA contains the

sender and receiver names?
96.a. envelope b. address c. header d.
none of the above

97.52: The MIME _______ header uses text to describe the

type of data in the body of the message.
98.a. content-type b. content-transfer-encoding c.
content-description d. none of the above

99.53: _______ is more powerful and complex than _______.

100. a. POP3; IMAP4 b. IMAP4; POP3 c. SMTP;
POP3 d. none of the above
101. 1: _________ is a repository of information linked together
from points all over the world.
102. a. The WWW b. HTTP c. HTML d. none
of the above

103. 2: The WWW today is a _______ client-server service, in which

a client using a browser can access a service using a server.
104. a. limited b. vast c. distributed d. none of the
above

105. 3: The _________ is a standard for specifying any kind of

information on the Internet.
106. a. URL b. ULR c. RLU d. none of the above

107. 4: In a URL, the _______ is the client-server program used to

retrieve the document.
108. a. path b. protocol c. host d. none of the
above

109. 5: In a URL, the ______ is the computer on which the

information is located.
110. a. path b. protocol c. host d. none of the
above

111. 6: In a URL, an optional ________ can be inserted between

the host and the path, and it is separated from the host by a colon.
112. a. path b. protocol c. host d. none of the
above

113. 7: In a URL, the _______ is the full name of the file where the
information is located.
114. a. path b. protocol c. host d. none of the
above

115. 8: A cookie is made by the ________ and eaten by the

_________.
116. a. client; client b. client; server c. server;
server d. none of the above
117. 9: The documents in the WWW can be grouped into ______
broad categories.
118. a. two b. three c. four d. none of the above

119. 10: A _______ document is a fixed-content document that is

created and stored in a server. The client can get a copy of the
document only.
120. a. static b. dynamic c. active d. none of the
above

121. 11: _____________ is a language for creating Web pages.

122. a. HTTP b. HTML c. FTTP d. none of the
above

123. 12: A _______ document is created by a Web server whenever

a browser requests the document.
124. a. static b. dynamic c. active d. none of the
above

125. 13: ___________ is a technology that creates and handles

dynamic documents.
126. a. GIC b. CGI c. GCI d. none of the above

127. 14: Dynamic documents are sometimes referred to as

_________ dynamic documents.
128. a. client-site b. server-site c. both a and b
d. none of the above

129. 15: For many applications, we need a program or a script to

be run at the client site. These are called _______________
documents.
130. a. static b. dynamic c. active d. none of the
above

131. 16: One way to create an active document is to use

__________.
132. a. CGI b. Java stand-alone programs c. Java
applets d. none of the above

133. 17: Active documents are sometimes referred to as _________

dynamic documents.
134. a. client-site b. server-site c. both a and b
d. none of the above
135. 18: HTTP uses the services of _________ on well-known port
80.
136. a. UDP b. IP c. TCP d. none of the above

137. 19: In HTTP, the first line in a request message is called a

_______ line; the first line in the response message is called the
________ line.
138. a. request; response b. response; request
139. c. response; status d. none of the above

140. 20: In a ___________ connection, one TCP connection is made

for each request/response.
141. a. persistent b. nonpersistent
142. c. both a and b d. none of the above

143. 21: In a ___________connection, the server leaves the

connection open for more requests after sending a response.
144. a. persistent b. nonpersistent c. both a and
b d. none of the above

145. 22: HTTP version 1.1 specifies a _________connection by

default.
146. a. persistent b. nonpersistent c. both a and
b d. none of the above

147. 23: In HTTP, a _______ server is a computer that keeps

copies of responses to recent requests.
148. a. regular b. proxy c. both a and b d. none
of the above

149. 24: An HTTP request message always contains _______.

150. a. a header and a body b. a request line and a header
151. c. a status line, a header, and a body d. none of the
above

152. 25: Which of the following is present in both an HTTP

request line and a status line?
153. a. HTTP version number b. URL c. status code d.
none of the above
154. The correct answer is a
155. 26: The HTTP request line contains a _______ method to
request a document from the server.
156. a. GET b. POST c. COPY d. none of the above
 157. 27: A user needs to send the server some information. The
request line method is _______.
158. a. OPTION b. PATCH c. POST d. none of the
above

159. 28: The HTTP request line contains a _______ method to get
information about a document without retrieving the document
itself.
160. a. HEAD b. POST c. COPY d. none of the above

161. 29: A response message always contains _______.

162. a. a header and a body b. a request line and a
header
163. c. a status line and a header d. none of the above

164. 30: An applet is _______ document application program.

165. a. a static b. an active c. a passive d. a
dynamic

Top

Chapter : Chapter 14 : Wireless LANs

1: IEEE has defined the specifications for a wireless LAN, called
_______, which covers the physical and data link layers.
a. IEEE 802.3 b. IEEE 802.5 c. IEEE 802.11
d. IEEE 802.2
The correct answer is c
2: In IEEE 802.11, a ___ is made of stationary or mobile wireless
stations and an optional central base station, known as the access
point (AP).
a. ESS b. BSS c. CSS d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
3: In IEEE 802.11, a BSS without an AP is called an _________.
a. an ad hoc architecture b. an infrastructure
network
 c. either (a) or (b) d. neither (a) nor (b)
The correct answer is a
4: In IEEE 802.11, a BSS with an AP is sometimes referred to as
____________.
a. an ad hoc architecture b. an infrastructure network
c. either (a) or (b) d. neither (a) nor (b)
The correct answer is b
5: In IEEE 802.11, communication between two stations in two
different BSSs usually occurs via two ________.
a. BSSs b. ESSs c. APs d. none of the
above
The correct answer is c
6: In IEEE 802.11, a station with ________ mobility is either
stationary (not moving) or moving only inside a BSS.
a. no-transition b. BSS-transition c. ESS-transition
d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
7: In IEEE 802.11, a station with ________mobility can move from
one BSS to another, but the movement is confined inside one ESS.
a. no-transition b. BSS-transition c. ESS-transition
d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
8: In IEEE 802.11, a station with ________ mobility can move from
one ESS to another.
a. no-transition b. BSS-transition c. ESS-transition
d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
9: In IEEE 802.11, _______ is an optional access method that can be
implemented in an infrastructure network (not in an ad hoc network).
a. DCF b. PCF c. either (a) or (b) d. neither (a) nor
(b)
The correct answer is b
10: In IEEE 802.11, when a frame is going from one station in a BSS
to another without passing through the distribution system, the
address flag is _____
a. 00 b. 01 c. 10 d. 11
The correct answer is a
11: In IEEE 802.11, when a frame is coming from an AP and going to
a station, the address flag is _______.
a. 00 b. 01 c. 10 d. 11
The correct answer is b
12: In IEEE 802.11, when a frame is going from a station to an AP,
the address flag is _____.
a. 00 b. 01 c. 10 d. 11
The correct answer is c
13: In IEEE 802.11, when a frame is going from one AP to another
AP in a wireless distribution system, the address flag is _____
a. 00 b. 01 c. 10 d. 11
The correct answer is d
14: The IEEE 802.11 standard for wireless LANs defines two
services: ______ and _______.
a. BSS; ASS b. ESS; SSS c. BSS; ESS d.
BSS; DCF
The correct answer is c
15: In IEEE 802.11, the access method used in the DCF sublayer is
_________.
a. ALOHA b. CSMA/CA c. CSMA/CD d. none of
the above
The correct answer is b
16: In IEEE 802.11, the access method used in the PCF sublayer is
______.
a. contention b. controlled c. polling d. none of
the above
The correct answer is c
17: In IEEE 802.11, the ______ is a timer used for collision
avoidance.
a. NAV b. BSS c. ESS d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
18: In IEEE 802.11, the MAC layer frame has ______ fields.
a. four b. five c. six d. none of the
above
The correct answer is d
19: In IEEE 802.11, the addressing mechanism can include up to
______addresses.
a. four b. five c. six d. none of the
above
The correct answer is a
20: The original IEEE 802.11, uses _________.
a. FHSS b. DSSS c. OFDM d. either (a)
or (b)
The correct answer is d
21: The IEEE 802.11a, uses _________.
a. FHSS b. DSSS c. OFDM d. either (a)
or (b)
The correct answer is c
22: The IEEE 802.11b, uses _________.
a. FHSS b. DSSS c. OFDM d. either (a)
or (b)
The correct answer is b
23: The IEEE 802.11g, uses _________.
a. FHSS b. DSSS c. OFDM d. either (a)
or (b)
The correct answer is c
24: The original IEEE 802.11, has a data rate of _____Mbps.
a. 1 b. 6 c. 11 d. 22
The correct answer is a
25: IEEE 802.11a, has a data rate of _____Mbps.
a. 1 b. 2 c. 6 d. none of
the above
The correct answer is c
26: IEEE 802.11b, has a data rate of _____Mbps.
a. 1 b. 2 c. 5.5 d. none of
the above
The correct answer is c
27: IEEE 802.11g, has a data rate of _____Mbps.
a. 1 b. 2 c. 11 d. 22
The correct answer is d
28: The IEEE 802.11 wireless LANs use ________ types of frames.
a. four b. five c. six d. none of the
above
The correct answer is d
29: Bluetooth is a _______ technology that connects devices (called
gadgets) in a small area.
a. wired LAN b. wireless LAN c. VLAN d.
none of the above
The correct answer is b
30: A Bluetooth network is called a ________.
a. piconet b. scatternet c. bluenet d. none of
the above
The correct answer is a
31: In Bluetooth, multiple ________ form a network called a
_________.
a. scatternet; piconets b. piconets: scatternet
c. piconets: bluenet d. bluenet; scatternet
The correct answer is b
32: A Bluetooth network consists of _____ primary device(s) and up
to ____ secondary devices.
a. one; five b. five; three c. two; six d. one;
seven
The correct answer is d
33: The RTS and CTS frames in CSMA/CA ____ solve the hidden
station problem. The RTS and CTS frames in CSMA/CA ____ solve
the exposed station problem.
a. can; cannot b. cannot; can c. can;
can d. cannot; cannot
The correct answer is a
34: In Bluetooth, the current data rate is ____Mbps
a. 2 b. 5 c. 11 d. none of
the above
The correct answer is d
35: In Bluetooth, the _______ layer is roughly equivalent to the
physical layer of the Internet model.
a. radio b. baseband c. L2CAP d. none of
the above
The correct answer is a
36: In Bluetooth, the _____layer is roughly equivalent to the MAC
sublayer in LANs.
a. radio b. baseband c. L2CAP d. none of the
above
The correct answer is b
37: In Bluetooth, the L2CAP sublayer, is roughly equivalent to the
LLC sublayer in LANs.
a. radio b. baseband c. L2CAP d. none of the
above
The correct answer is c
38: The access method in Bluetooth is ________.
a. FDMA b. TDD-TDMA c. CDMA d. none
of the above
The correct answer is b
39: In Bluetooth, the _____ link is used when avoiding latency (delay
in data delivery) is more important than integrity (error-free delivery).
a. SCO b. ACL c. ACO d. SCL
The correct answer is a
40: In Bluetooth, the _____ link is used when data integrity is more
important than avoiding latency.
a. SCO b. ACL c. ACO d. SCL
The correct answer is b
41: Bluetooth uses ______method in the physical layer to avoid
interference from other devices or other networks.
a. DSSS b. FHSS c. FDMA d. none of
the above
The correct answer is b

Top

Quiz # 5

Question # 1
The shortest frame in HDLC protocol is usually the _________ frame

Information Supervisory Management None of the

given

Question # 2
________ sub-layer , resolves the contention for the shared media

MAC LLC Physical None of the above

Question # 3
The process to send control information in the information field of I-Frame along with
data is called _____________

Acknowledgment management Piggy Forwarding AckTrick

Piggybacking
 
Question # 4
The DSAP and SSAP are addresses used by _________ to identify the protocol stacks

Network MAC LLC All of above

Question # 6
Router is __________ Device.

Layer one . Intelligent. Unintelligent. None of above.

 
Question # 7
The repeater works at _______ Layer of OSI model

Data Link layer Physical layer Transport Layer Network

Layer

Question # 8
Bridges are _________ Devices

Networking Internetworking All of above None of

above

Question # 9
In Multi station Access Unit (MAU) Individual automatic hubs are combined in to a
router

True False

Question # 10
The address field of a frame in HDLC protocol contains the address of the ________
station.

Primary Secondary Tertiary Primary and secondary

Top

/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBMWRkAgIP
 /wEWBgKTsqnIBQK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDKXqGMEBRxgH7JQg8DnNE0pN2x+0

Top

CS601
Solved MCQs

1: One of the responsibilities of the transport layer protocol is to create a ______

communication.
a. host-to-host b. process-to-process
c. node-to-node d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
2: UDP is called a ________________transport protocol.
 a. connectionless, reliable b. connection-oriented, unreliable
c. connectionless, unreliable d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
3: UDP does not add anything to the services of IP except for providing _______
communication.
a. node-to-node b. process-to-process
c. host-to-host d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
4: UDP is an acronym for _______.
a. User Delivery Protocol b. User Datagram Procedure
c. User Datagram Protocol d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
5: Although there are several ways to achieve process-to-process communication, the
most common is through the __________ paradigm.
a. client-server b. client-client c. server-server d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
6: The local host and the remote host are defined using IP addresses. To define the
processes, we need second identifiers called ____________.
a. UDP addresses b. transport addresses
c. port addresses d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
7: The ports ranging from 49,152 to 65,535 can be used as temporary or private port
numbers. They are called the ________ ports.
a. well-known b. registered c. dynamic d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
8: In the sending computer, UDP receives a data unit from the _______ layer.
a. application b. Transport c. IP d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
9: In the sending computer, UDP sends a data unit to the _______ layer.
a. application b. Transport c. IP d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
10: UDP and TCP are both _______ layer protocols.
a. data link b. network c. transport d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
11: Which of the following functions does UDP perform?
a. process-to-process communication b. host-to-host communication
c. end-to-end reliable data delivery d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
12: When the IP layer of a receiving host receives a datagram, _______.
a. delivery is complete b. a transport layer protocol takes over
c. a header is added d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
13: UDP needs the _______ address to deliver the user datagram to the correct
application process.
a. port b. Application c. Internet d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
14: A port address in UDP is _______bits long.
a. 8 b. 16 c. 32 d. any of the above
The correct answer is b
15: Which of the following does UDP guarantee?
a. flow control b. connection-oriented delivery
c. flow control d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
16: The source port address on the UDP user datagram header defines _______.
a. the sending computer b. the receiving computer
c. the process running on the sending computer d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
17: The combination of an IP address and a port number is called a ____________.
a. transport address b. network address
c. socket address d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
18: To use the services of UDP, we need ________ socket addresses.
a. four b. two c. three d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
19: UDP packets are called __________.
a. user datagrams b. segments c. frames d. none of the
above
The correct answer is a
20: UDP packets have a fixed-size header of _______ bytes.
a. 16 b. 8 c. 40 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
21: UDP packets are encapsulated in ___________.
a. an Ethernet frame b. an TCP segment
c. an IP datagram d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
22: UDP uses ________ to handle outgoing user datagrams from multiple processes on
one host.
a. flow control b. multiplexing
c. demultiplexing d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
23: UDP uses _______ to handle incoming user datagrams that go to different processes
on the same host.
a. flow control b. multiplexing c. demultiplexing
d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
24: TCP is a __________protocol.
a. stream-oriented b. message-oriented c. block-oriented
d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
25: TCP allows the sending process to deliver data as a _______of bytes and allows the
receiving process to obtain data as a _________ of bytes.
a. message; message b. stream; stream
 c. block; block d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
26: Because the sending and the receiving processes may not write or read data at the
same speed, TCP ________.
a. speeds up the slower process b. slows down the faster process
c. uses buffers d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
27: TCP groups a number of bytes together into a packet called a ___________.
a. user datagram b. Segment c. datagram d. none of the
above
The correct answer is b
28: TCP is a ___________ protocol.
a. connection-oriented b. connectionless
c. both a and b d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
29: TCP is a(n) _______ transport protocol.
a. unreliable b. best-effort delivery
c. reliable d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
30: TCP uses _________________ to check the safe and sound arrival of data.
a. an acknowledgment mechanism b. out-of-band signalling
c. the services of another protocol d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
31: The bytes of data being transferred in each connection are numbered by TCP. The
numbering starts with a __________________.
a. 0 b. 1 c. randomly generated number d. none of the
above
The correct answer is c
32: TCP assigns a sequence number to each segment that is being sent. The sequence
number for each segment is the number of the _______ byte carried in that segment.
a. first b. last c. middle d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
33: Communication in TCP is ___________.
a. simplex b. half-duplex c. full-duplex d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
34: The value of the acknowledgment field in a segment defines the number of the
______byte a party expects to receive.
a. first b. last c. next d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
35: The acknowledgment number is ________.
a. independent b. randomly generated c. cumulative d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
36: The value of the window size is determined by _________.
a. the sender b. the receiver c. both the sender and receiver
d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
37: The inclusion of the checksum in the TCP segment is ________.
a. optional b. mandatory c. at the discretion of the application program
d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
38: A TCP segment is encapsulated in __________.
a. an IP datagram b. an Ethernet frame
c. a UDP user datagram d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
39: Connection establishment in TCP is called __________ handshaking.
a. two-way b. four-way c. one-way d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
40: A SYN segment cannot carry data; it consumes _____ sequence number(s).
a. no b. one c. two d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
41: A SYN + ACK segment cannot carry data; it consumes _____ sequence number(s).
a. no b. three c. two d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
42: An ACK segment, if carrying no data, consumes ______ sequence number(s).
a. no b. one c. two d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
45: The FIN segment consumes ____ sequence numbers if it does not carry data.
a. two b. three c. no d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
46: The FIN + ACK segment consumes _____ sequence number(s) if it does not carry
data.
a. two b. three c. one d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
47: In TCP, one end can stop sending data while still receiving data. This is called a
______.
a. half-close b. half-open c. one-way termination
d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
48: A(n) _________ machine is a machine that goes through a limited number of states.
a. infinite state b. finite state c. both a and b d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
49: __________ control regulates the amount of data a source can send before receiving
an acknowledgment from the destination.
a. Error b. Flow c. Congestion d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
50: To accomplish flow control, TCP uses a ___________ window protocol.
a. limited-size b. sliding c. fixed-size d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
51: TCP sliding windows are __________ oriented.
a. packet b. Segment c. Byte d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
52: ACK segments consume _______ sequence number(s) and _______ acknowledged.
 a. no; are not b. one; are not c. no; are d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
53: TCP delivers _______ out-of-order segments to the process.
a. all b. no c. some d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
54: IP is responsible for _______ communication while TCP is responsible for _______
communication.
a. host-to-host; process-to-process b. process-to-process; host-to-host
c. process-to-process; network-to-network d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
56: Multiply the header length field by _______ to find the total number of bytes in the
TCP header.
a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
57: Urgent data requires the urgent pointer field as well as the URG bit in the _______
field.
a. control b. offset c. sequence number d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
58: The options field of the TCP header ranges from 0 to _______ bytes.
a. 10 b. 20 c. 40 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
59: If the ACK value is 200, then byte _______ has been received successfully.
a. 199 b. 200 c. 201 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a

Top

Chapter : Chapter 13 : Wired LANs: Ethernet

1: What is the hexadecimal equivalent of the Ethernet address 01011010 00010001 01010101 00011000 10101010
00001111?
a. 5A:88:AA:18:55:F0 b. 5A:81:BA:81:AA:0F
c. 5A:18:5A:18:55:0F d. 5A:11:55:18:AA:0F
The correct answer is d
2: If an Ethernet destination address is 07:01:02:03:04:05, then this is a ______ address.
a. unicast b. multicast c. broadcast d. any of the above
The correct answer is b
3: If an Ethernet destination address is 08:07:06:05:44:33, then this is a ______ address.
a. unicast b. multicast c. broadcast d. any of the above
The correct answer is a
4: Which of the following could not be an Ethernet unicast destination?
a. 43:7B:6C:DE:10:00 b. 44:AA:C1:23:45:32
c. 46:56:21:1A:DE:F4 d. 48:32:21:21:4D:34
The correct answer is a
5: Which of the following could not be an Ethernet multicast destination?
a. B7:7B:6C:DE:10:00 b. 7B:AA:C1:23:45:32
c. 7C:56:21:1A:DE:F4 d. 83:32:21:21:4D:34
The correct answer is c
6: _______ is the most widely used local area network protocol.
a. Token Ring b. Token Bus c. Ethernet d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
7: The IEEE 802.3 Standard defines _________ CSMA/CD as the access method for first-generation 10-Mbps Ethernet.
a. 1-persistent b. p-persistent c. non-persistent d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
8: The _______ layer of Ethernet consists of the LLC sublayer and the MAC sublayer.
a. data link b. physical c. network d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
9: The _____ sublayer is responsible for the operation of the CSMA/CD access method and framing.
a. LLC b. MII c. MAC d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
10: Each station on an Ethernet network has a unique _______ address imprinted on its network interface card (NIC).
a. 5-byte b. 32-bit c. 48-bit d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
11: The minimum frame length for 10-Mbps Ethernet is _______bytes.
a. 32 b. 80 c. 128 d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
12: The maximum frame length for 10-Mbps Ethernet is ________ bytes.
a. 1518 b. 1500 c. 1200 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
13: _________ uses thick coaxial cable.
a. 10Base5 b. 10Base2 c. 10Base-T d. 10Base-F
The correct answer is a
14: __________ uses thin coaxial cable.
a. 10Base5 b. 10Base2 c. 10Base-T d. 10Base-F
The correct answer is b
15: _________ uses four twisted-pair cables that connect each station to a common hub.
a. 10Base5 b. 10Base2 c. 10Base-T d. 10Base-F
The correct answer is c
16: ________ uses fiber-optic cable.
a. 10Base5 b. 10Base2 c. 10Base-T d. 10Base-F
The correct answer is d
17: Fast Ethernet has a data rate of ________Mbps.
a. 10 b. 100 c. 1000 d. 10,000
The correct answer is b
18: In _________, autonegotiation allows two devices to negotiate the mode or data rate of operation.
a. Standard b. Fast Ethernet c. Gigabit Ethernet d. Ten-Gigabit Ethernet
The correct answer is b
19: __________ uses two pairs of twisted-pair cable.
a. 100Base-TX b. 100Base-FX c. 100Base-T4 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
20: _________ uses two fiber-optic cables.
a. 100Base-TX b. 100Base-FX c. 100Base-T4 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
21: _________ uses four pairs of voice-grade, or higher, twisted-pair cable.
a. 100Base-TX b. 100Base-FX c. 100Base-T4 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
22: Gigabit Ethernet has a data rate of ________Mbps.
a. 10 b. 100 c. 1000 d. 10,000
The correct answer is c
23: Gigabit Ethernet access methods include _______ mode.
a. half-duplex b. full-duplex c. both (a) and (b) d. neither (a) nor (b)
The correct answer is c
24: __________ uses two optical fibers and a short-wave laser source,
a. 1000Base-SX b. 1000Base-LX c. 1000Base-T d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
25: __________uses two optical fibers and a long-wave laser source.
a. 1000Base-SX b. 1000Base-LX c. 1000Base-T d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
26: __________ uses four twisted pairs.
a. 1000Base-SX b. 1000Base-LX c. 1000Base-T d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
27: ________ uses short-wave 850-nm multimode fiber.
a. 10GBase-S b. 10GBase-L c. 10GBase-E d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
28: ________uses long-wave 1310-nm single mode fiber.
a. 10GBase-S b. 10GBase-L c. 10GBase-E d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
29: ________ uses 1550-mm single mode fiber.
a. 10GBase-S b. 10GBase-L c. 10GBase-E d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
30: In Ethernet addressing, if the least significant bit of the first byte is 0, the address is _________.
a. unicast b. multicast c. broadcast d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
31: In Ethernet addressing, if the least significant bit of the first byte is 1, the address is _________.
a. unicast b. multicast c. broadcast d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
32: In Ethernet addressing, if all the bits are 1s, the address is _________.
a. unicast b. multicast c. broadcast d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
33: ______defines a protocol data unit (PDU) that is somewhat similar to that of HDLC.
a. MAC b. LLC c. LLU d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
34: The purpose of the _______ is to provide flow and error control for the upper-layer protocols that actually demand
these services
a. MAC b. LLC c. LLU d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
35: In the Ethernet, the _______field is actually added at the physical layer and is not (formally) part of the frame.
a. CRC b. preamble c. address d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
36: In the Ethernet frame, the _______ field contains error detection information.
a. CRC b. preamble c. address d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
37: Standard Ethernet (10-Mbps) uses _______ encoding
a. NRZ b. AMI c. Manchester d. differential Manchester
The correct answer is c
38: 100Base-TX uses _________ block coding and ________ line coding.
a. 4B/5B; NRZ b. 8B/10B; NRZ c. 4B/5B; MLT-3 d. 8B/10B; NRZ
The correct answer is c
39: 100Base-FX uses _________ block coding and ________ line coding.
a. 4B/5B; NRZ-I b. 8B/10B; NRZ c. 4B/5B; MLT-3 d. 8B/10B; NRZ
The correct answer is a
40: 100Base-T4 uses ________ line coding.
a. NRZ b. 8B6T c. MLT-3 d. Manchester
The correct answer is b
41: 1000Base-SX, 1000Base-LX, and 1000Base-CX use _________ block coding and ________ line coding.
a. 4B/5B; NRZ b. 8B/10B; NRZ c. 4B/5B; MLT-3 d. 8B/10B; NRZ
The correct answer is b
42: 1000Base-T uses ________ line coding.
a. 4D-PAM5 b. 8B6T c. MLT-3 d. Manchester
The correct answer is a

Top

Chapter 1: Introduction 1
Chapter 2: Network Models_________________________________________________4
Chapter 3: Signals_________________________________________________________7
Chapter 4: Encoding and Modulation_________________________________________12
Chapter 5: Multiplexing___________________________________________________16
Chapter 6: Switching_____________________________________________________21
Chapter 7: Transmission Media_____________________________________________23
Chapter 8 : Telephone, Cable, and Satellite Networks____________________________28
Chapter 9 : Flow and Error Control__________________________________________31
Chapter 10 : Access Method________________________________________________35
Chapter 11 : Wired Local Area Networks_____________________________________39
Chapter 12 : Wireless Local Area Networks___________________________________42
Chapter 1: Introduction
1. In a _______ connection, more than two devices can share a single link.
a. Point-to-point
b. Primary
c. Multipoint
d. Secondary
Answer (c): Multipoint

2. Communication between a computer and a keyboard involves ______________

transmission
a. Full-duplex
b. Half-duplex
c. Simplex
d. Automatic
Answer (c): Simplex

3. In a network with 25 computers, which topology would require the most

extensive cabling?
a. Star
b. Mesh
c. Bus
d. Ring
Answer (b): Mesh

4. Which topology requires a central controller or hub?

a. Star
b. Mesh
c. Bus
d. Ring
Answer (a): Star

5. The _______ is the physical path over which a message travels.

a. Protocol
b. Medium
c. Signal
d. All of the above
Answer (b): Medium

6. Which organization has authority over interstate and international commerce in

 the communications field?
a. ITU-T
b. IEEE
c. ISO
d. FCC
Answer (d): FCC

7. The information to be communicated in a data communications system is the

________
a. Medium
b. Protocol
c. Transmission
d. Message
Answer (d): Message

8. Frequency of failure and network recovery time after a failure are measures of the
_______ of a network.
a. Performance
b. Security
c. Reliability
d. Feasibility
Answer (c): Reliability

9. In _______ transmission, the channel capacity is shared by both communicating

devices at all times.
a. Full-duplex
b. Simplex
c. Half-duplex
d. Half-Simplex
Answer (a): Full-duplex

10. An unauthorized user is a network _______ issue.

a. Performance
b. Reliability
c. Security
d. All of the above
Answer (c): Security

11. Which topology requires a multipoint connection?

a. Mesh
b. Star
c. Ring
d. Bus
Answer (d): Bus

12. A television broadcast is an example of _______ transmission.

 a. Half-duplex
b. Full-duplex
c. Simplex
d. Automatic
Answer (c): Simplex

13. A _______ connection provides a dedicated link between two devices.

a. Multipoint
b. Point-to-Point
c. Primary
d. Secondary
Answer (b): Point-to-Point

14. A cable break in a _______ topology stops all transmission.

a. Mesh
b. Star
c. Primary
d. Bus
Answer (d): Bus

Chapter 2: Network Models

15. The _______ layer changes bits into electromagnetic signals.
a. Physical
b. Transport
c. None of the above
d. Data link
Answer (a): Physical

16. The physical layer is concerned with the transmission of _______ over the
physical medium.
      a. Programs
      b. Protocols
      c. Bits
      d. Dialogs
The correct answer is c

17. Mail services are available to network users through the _______ layer.
      a. Data link
      b. Physical
      c. Application
      d. Transport
The correct answer is c

18. As the data packet moves from the lower to the upper layers, headers are
 _______.
      a. Added
      b. Rearranged
      c. Modified
      d. Subtracted
The correct answer is d
Your answer is b

19. As the data packet moves from the upper to the lower layers, headers are
_______.
      a. Removed
      b. Added
      c. Rearranged
      d. Modified
The correct answer is b

20. The _______ layer lies between the network layer and the application layer.
      a. Data link
      b. Physical
      c. Transport
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

21. Layer 2 lies between the physical layer and the _______ layer.
      a. Data link
      b. Network
      c. Transport
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is b
Your answer is b

22. When data are transmitted from device A to device B, the header from A's layer 4
is read by B's _______ layer.
      a. Application
      b. Physical
      c. Transport
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c
Your answer is a

23. Which layer functions as a liaison between user support layers and network
support layers?
      a. Network layer
      b. Transport layer
      c. Physical layer
      d. Application layer
 The correct answer is b

24. What is the main function of the transport layer?

      a. Process-to-process delivery
      b. Node-to-node delivery
      c. Synchronization
      d. Updating and maintenance of routing tables
The correct answer is a

25. Which of the following is an application layer service?

      a. Remote log-in
      b. File transfer and access
      c. Mail service
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d

26. The Internet model consists of _______ layers.

      a. Three
      b. Five
      c. Seven
      d. Eight
The correct answer is b

27. The process-to-process delivery of the entire message is the responsibility of the
_______ layer.
      a. Physical
      b. Network
      c. Transport
      d. Application
The correct answer is c

28. The _______ layer is the layer closest to the transmission medium.
      a. Network
      b. Physical
      c. Data link
      d. Transport
The correct answer is b

Chapter 3: Signals
29. Before data can be transmitted, they must be transformed to ________.
      a. Electromagnetic signals
      b. Periodic signals
      c. Aperiodic signals
      d. Low-frequency sine waves
 The correct answer is a

30. When one of the components of a signal has a frequency of zero, the average
amplitude of the signal ________.
      a. Is less than zero
      b. Is greater than zero
      c. Is zero
      d. (a) or (b)
The correct answer is b

31. A periodic signal can always be decomposed into ________.

      a. Exactly an odd number of sine waves
      b. A set of sine waves, one of which must have a phase of 0°
      c. A set of sine waves
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

32. A periodic signal completes one cycle in 0.001 s. What is the frequency?
      a. 1 Hz
      b. 100 Hz
      c. 1 KHz
      d. 1 MHz
The correct answer is c

33. In a frequency-domain plot, the horizontal axis measures the ________.

      a. Frequency
      b. Peak amplitude
      c. Phase
      d. Slope
The correct answer is a

34. In a time-domain plot, the vertical axis is a measure of ________.

      a. Frequency
      b. Phase
      c. Amplitude
      d. Time
The correct answer is c

35. In a time-domain plot, the horizontal axis is a measure of ________.

      a. Signal amplitude
      b. Time
      c. Frequency
      d. Phase
The correct answer is b

36. If the bandwidth of a signal is 5 KHz and the lowest frequency is 52 KHz, what is
 the highest frequency?
      a. 5 KHz
      b. 10 KHz
      c. 47 KHz
      d. 57 KHz
The correct answer is d

37.
Your answer is a

38. What is the bandwidth of a signal that ranges from 40 KHz to 4 MHz?
      a. 3.96 MHz
      b. 36 MHz
      c. 360 KHz
      d. 396 KHz
The correct answer is a

39. As frequency increases, the period ________.

      a. Decreases
      b. Increases
      c. Remains the same
      d. Doubles
The correct answer is a

40. When propagation speed is multiplied by propagation time, we get the ________.
      a. Throughput
      b. Wavelength of the signal
      c. Distance a signal or bit has traveled
      d. Distortion factor
The correct answer is c

41. Propagation time is ________ proportional to distance and ________ proportional

to propagation speed.
      a. Inversely; directly
      b. Inversely; inversely
      c. Directly; inversely
      d. Directly; directly
The correct answer is c

42. Wavelength is ________ proportional to propagation speed and ________

proportional to period.
      a. Directly; directly
      b. Inversely; directly
      c. Directly; inversely
      d. Inversely; inversely
The correct answer is a
43. Which of the following can be determined from a frequency-domain graph of a
signal?
      a. Phase
      b. Power
      c. Frequency
      d. All the above
The correct answer is c

44. Which of the following can be determined from a frequency-domain graph of a

signal?
      a. Phase
      b. Bandwidth
      c. Power
      d. All the above
The correct answer is b

45. In a frequency-domain plot, the vertical axis measures the ________.

      a. Frequency
      b. Peak amplitude
      c. Phase
      d. Slope
The correct answer is b

46. Given two sine waves A and B, if the frequency of A is twice that of B, then the
period of B is ________ that of A.
      a. One-half
      b. Twice
      c. The same as
      d. Indeterminate from
The correct answer is b

47. The wavelength of green light in air is ________ the wavelength of green light in
fiber-optic cable.
      a. Greater than
      b. Less than
      c. Equal to
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is b

48. Using the Shannon formula to calculate the data rate for a given channel, if C = B,
then ________.
      a. The signal is equal to the noise
      b. The signal is less than the noise
      c. The signal is greater than the noise
      d. Not enough information is given to answer the question
 The correct answer is a

49. A sine wave is ________.

      a. Aperiodic and continuous
      b. Periodic and discrete
      c. Aperiodic and discrete
      d. Periodic and continuous
The correct answer is d

50. If the maximum amplitude of a sine wave is 2 V, the minimum amplitude is

________ V.
      a. 2
      b. 1
      c. -2
      d. Between -2 and 2
The correct answer is c

51. A signal is measured at two different points. The power is P1 at the first point and
P2 at the second point. The dB is 0. This means ________.
      a. P2 is zero
      b. P2 equals P1
      c. P2 is much larger than P1
      d. P2 is much smaller than P1
The correct answer is b

52. ________ is a type of transmission impairment in which the signal loses strength
due to the resistance of the transmission medium.
      a. Distortion
      b. Noise
      c. Decibel
      d. Attenuation
The correct answer is d

53. ________ is a type of transmission impairment in which the signal loses strength
due to the different propagation speeds of each frequency that makes up the
signal.
      a. Attenuation
      b. Noise
      c. Distortion
      d. Decibel
The correct answer is c

54. ________ is a type of transmission impairment in which an outside source such

as crosstalk corrupts a signal.
      a. Attenuation
      b. Noise
       c. Distortion
      d. Decibel
The correct answer is b

55.
The ________ has units of meters/second or kilometers/second.
      a. Throughput
      b. Propagation time
      c. Propagation speed
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is c

56. ________ has units of bits/second.

      a. Throughput
      b. Propagation speed
      c. Propagation time
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is a

57. The ________ has units of seconds.

      a. Throughput
      b. Propagation time
      c. Propagation speed
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is b

58.
The wavelength of a signal depends on the ________.
      a. Frequencies of the signal
      b. Medium
      c. Phase of the signal
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

Chapter 4: Encoding and Modulation

59. Which encoding technique attempts to solve the loss of synchronization due to
long strings of 0s?
      a. NRZ
      b. BnZS
      c. AMI
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is b

60. Block coding can help in _______ at the receiver.

       a. Synchronization
      b. Error detection
      c. Attenuation
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

61. In _______ transmission, bits are transmitted simultaneously, each across its own
wire.
      a. Parallel
      b. Asynchronous serial
      c. Synchronous serial
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is a

62. Unipolar, bipolar, and polar encoding are types of _______ encoding.
      a. Block
      b. Line
      c. NRZ
      d. Manchester
The correct answer is b

63. _______ encoding has a transition at the middle of each bit.

      a. RZ
      b. Manchester
      c. Differential Manchester
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d

64. _______ encoding has a transition at the beginning of each 0 bit.

      a. Differential Manchester
      b. RZ
      c. Manchester
      d. All the above
The correct answer is a

65. PCM is an example of _______ conversion.

      a. Analog-to-analog
      b. Analog-to-digital
      c. Digital-to-digital
      d. Digital-to-analog
The correct answer is b

66. If the frequency spectrum of a signal has a bandwidth of 500 Hz with the highest
frequency at 600 Hz, what should be the sampling rate, according to the Nyquist
theorem?
      a. 500 samples/s
       b. 1000 samples/s
      c. 200 samples/s
      d. 1200 samples/s
The correct answer is d

67. One factor in the accuracy of a reconstructed PCM signal is the _______.
      a. Number of bits used for quantization
      b. Signal bandwidth
      c. Carrier frequency
      d. Baud rate
The correct answer is a

68. In asynchronous transmission, the gap time between bytes is _______.

      a. Fixed
      b. A function of the data rate
      c. Variable
      d. Zero
The correct answer is c

69. Synchronous transmission does not have _______.

      a. A start bit
      b. A stop bit
      c. Gaps between bytes
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d

70. Which encoding type always has a nonzero average amplitude?

      a. Polar
      b. Bipolar
      c. Unipolar
      d. All the above
The correct answer is c

71. Which of the following encoding methods does not provide for synchronization?
      a. Manchester
      b. NRZ-L
      c. RZ
      d. NRZ-I
The correct answer is b

72. Which encoding method uses alternating positive and negative values for 1s?
      a. Manchester
      b. AMI
      c. NRZ-I
      d. RZ
The correct answer is b
73. In PCM, an analog-to- _______ conversion occurs.
      a. Analog
      b. Digital
      c. QAM
      d. Differential
The correct answer is b

74. If the maximum value of a PCM signal is 31 and the minimum value is -31, how
many bits were used for coding?
      a. 4
      b. 5
      c. 6
      d. 7
The correct answer is c

75. RZ encoding involves _______ signal levels.

      a. Five
      b. Four
      c. Three
      d. Two
The correct answer is c

76. Which quantization level results in a more faithful reproduction of the signal?
      a. 2
      b. 8
      c. 16
      d. 32
The correct answer is d

77. In _______ transmission, bits are transmitted over a single wire, one at a time.
      a. Asynchronous serial
      b. Synchronous serial
      c. Parallel
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

78. In _______ transmission, a start bit and a stop bit frame a character byte.
      a. Synchronous serial
      b. Asynchronous serial
      c. Parallel
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is b

79. If a symbol is composed of 3 bits, there are _______ data levels.

      a. 2
       b. 4
      c. 8
      d. 16
The correct answer is c

80. The Nyquist theorem specifies the minimum sampling rate to be_______.
      a. Twice the bandwidth of a signal
      b. Twice the highest frequency of a signal
      c. Equal to the lowest frequency of a signal
      d. Equal to the highest frequency of a signal
The correct answer is b

81. Pulse rate is always _______ the bit rate.

      a. Less than
      b. Less than or equal to
      c. Greater than
      d. Greater than or equal to
The correct answer is b

Chapter 5: Multiplexing
82. AM and FM are examples of ________ modulation.
      a. Analog-to-analog
      b. Analog-to-digital
      c. Digital-to-digital
      d. Digital-to-analog
The correct answer is a
Your answer is a

83. In QAM, both phase and ________ of a carrier frequency are varied.
      a. Frequency
      b. Bit rate
      c. Amplitude
      d. Baud rate
The correct answer is c

84. Which of the following is most affected by noise?

      a. PSK
      b. FSK
      c. QAM
      d. ASK
The correct answer is d

85. ASK, PSK, FSK, and QAM are examples of ________ modulation.
      a. Analog-to-analog
       b. Analog-to-digital
      c. Digital-to-digital
      d. Digital-to-analog
The correct answer is d

86. If the baud rate is 400 for a 4-PSK signal, the bit rate is ________ bps.
      a. 1600 100
      b. 800
      c. 400
      d. 100
The correct answer is b

87. If the bit rate for an ASK signal is 1200 bps, the baud rate is ________.
      a. 300
      b. 400
      c. 600
      d. 1200
The correct answer is d

88. As the bit rate of an FSK signal increases, the bandwidth ________.
      a. Remains the same
      b. Decreases
      c. Increases
      d. Doubles
The correct answer is c

89. In 16-QAM, there are 16 ________.

      a. Phases
      b. Combinations of phase and amplitude
      c. Amplitudes
      d. bps
The correct answer is b

90. Which modulation technique involves tribits, eight different phase shifts, and one
amplitude?
      a. FSK
      b. ASK
      c. 4-PSK
      d. 8-PSK
The correct answer is d

91. If the bit rate for an FSK signal is 1200 bps, the baud rate is ________.
      a. 300
      b. 400
      c. 600
      d. 1200
 The correct answer is d

92. If the bit rate for a QAM signal is 3000 bps and a signal unit is represented by a
tribit, what is the baud rate?
      a. 300
      b. 400
      c. 1000
      d. 1200
The correct answer is c

93. If the baud rate for a QAM signal is 3000 and a signal unit is represented by a
tribit, what is the bit rate?
      a. 300
      b. 400
      c. 1000
      d. 9000
The correct answer is d

94. If the baud rate for a QAM signal is 1800 and the bit rate is 9000, how many bits
are there per signal unit?
      a. 3
      b. 4
      c. 5
      d. 6
The correct answer is c

95. Given an AM radio signal with a bandwidth of 10 KHz and the highest-frequency
component at 705 KHz, what is the frequency of the carrier signal?
      a. 705 KHz
      b. 700 KHz
      c. 710 KHz
      d. Cannot be determined from given information
The correct answer is b

96. A modulated signal is formed by ________.

      a. Changing the carrier wave by the modulating signal
      b. Quantization of the source data
      c. Changing the modulating signal by the carrier wave
      d. Sampling at the Nyquist frequency
The correct answer is a

97. If FCC regulations are followed, the carrier frequencies of adjacent AM radio
stations are ________ apart.
      a. 5 KHz
      b. 10 KHz
      c. 200 KHz
       d. 530 KHz
The correct answer is b

98. If FCC regulations are followed, ________ potential FM stations are theoretically
possible in a given area.
      a. 50
      b. 100
      c. 133
      d. 150
The correct answer is a

99. When an ASK signal is decomposed, the result is ________.

      a. An infinite number of sine waves
      b. Always one sine wave
      c. Always two sine waves
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

100. The bandwidth of an FM signal requires 10 times the bandwidth of the

_______ signal.
      a. Bipolar
      b. Sampling
      c. Carrier
      d. Modulating
The correct answer is d

101. Modulation of an analog signal can be accomplished through changing the

________ of the carrier signal.
      a. Amplitude
      b. Frequency
      c. Phase
      d. Any of the above
The correct answer is d

102. For a telephone line, the bandwidth for voice is usually _______ the
bandwidth for data.
      a. Less than
      b. Greater than
      c. Twice
      d. Equivalent to
The correct answer is b

103. For a given bit rate, the minimum bandwidth for ASK is ________ the
minimum bandwidth for FSK.
      a. Less than
      b. Equivalent to
       c. Greater than
      d. Twice
The correct answer is a

104. What is the object of trellis coding?

      a. To narrow the bandwidth
      b. To increase the data rate
      c. To reduce the error rate
      d. To simplify modulation
The correct answer is c

105. A modulator converts a(n)________ signal to a(n) ________ signal.

      a. Digital; analog
      b. Analog; digital
      c. PSK; FSK
      d. FSK; PSK
The correct answer is a

106. A 56K modem can download at a rate of _______ Kbps and upload at a
rate of ________ Kbps.
      a. 56.6; 33.6
      b. 56.6; 56.6
      c. 33.6; 33.6
      d. 33.6; 56.6
The correct answer is a

107. For FSK, as the difference between the two carrier frequencies increases,
the bandwidth ________.
      a. Remains the same
      b. Decreases
      c. Increases
      d. Halves
The correct answer is c

108. The bit rate always equals the baud rate in which type of signal?
      a. FSK
      b. QAM
      c. 4-PSK
      d. All the above
The correct answer is a

109. Which ITU-T modem standard uses trellis coding?

      a. V.32
      b. V.33
      c. V.34
      d. (a) and (b)
 The correct answer is a

110. In trellis coding the number of data bits is ________ the number of
transmitted bits.

a. Less than
b. More than
c. Equal to
d. Double that of
The correct answer is a

Chapter 6: Switching
111. Which multiplexing technique transmits digital signals?
      a. WDM
      b. FDM
      c. TDM
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

112. Which multiplexing technique shifts each signal to a different carrier

frequency?
      a. TDM
      b. FDM
      c. Both (a) and (b)
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is b

113. In TDM, for n signal sources of the same data rate, each frame contains
_______ slots.
      a. 0 to n
      b. n
      c. n + 1
      d. n - 1
The correct answer is b

114. In TDM, the transmission rate of the multiplexed path is usually _______
the sum of the transmission rates of the signal sources.
      a. 1 less than
      b. Greater than
      c. Less than
      d. Equal to
The correct answer is b

115. DS-1 through DS-4 are _______ while T-1 through T-4 are _______.
      a. Services; signals
       b. Services; lines
      c. Services; multiplexers
      d. Multiplexers; signals
The correct answer is b

116. The sharing of a medium and its link by two or more devices is called
_______.
      a. Modulation
      b. Encoding
      c. Multiplexing
      d. Line discipline
The correct answer is c

117. In AT&T's FDM hierarchy, the bandwidth of each group type can be
found by multiplying _______ and adding extra bandwidth for guard bands.
      a. The sampling rate by 4000 Hz
      b. The number of voice channels by 4000 Hz
      c. The number of voice channels by 8 bits/sample
      d. The sampling rate by 8 bits/sample
The correct answer is b

118. Guard bands increase the bandwidth for _______.

      a. TDM
      b. FDM
      c. Both (a) and (b)
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is b

119. Which multiplexing technique transmits analog signals?

      a. FDM
      b. TDM
      c. WDM
      d. (a) and (c)
The correct answer is d

120. In a T-1 line, _______ interleaving occurs.

      a. Bit
      b. Byte
      c. DS-0
      d. Switch
The correct answer is b

121. Which multiplexing technique involves signals composed of light beams?

      a. WDM
      b. FDM
      c. TDM
       d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

Chapter 7: Transmission Media

122. The VLF and LF bands use _______ propagation for communications.
      a. Space
      b. Ground
      c. Sky
      d. Line of sight
The correct answer is b

123. Category 1 UTP cable is most often used in _______ networks.

      a. Infrared
      b. Telephone
      c. Fast Ethernet
      d. Traditional Ethernet
The correct answer is b

124. BNC connectors are used by _______ cables.

      a. Fiber-optic
      b. UTP
      c. STP
      d. Coaxial
The correct answer is d

125. Which of the following is not a guided medium?

      a. Twisted-pair cable
      b. Fiber-optic cable
      c. Atmosphere
      d. Coaxial cable
The correct answer is c

126. In an environment with many high-voltage devices, the best transmission

medium would be _________.
      a. Twisted-pair cable
      b. Coaxial cable
      c. The atmosphere
      d. Optical fiber
The correct answer is d

127. _______ cable consists of an inner copper core and a second conducting
outer sheath.
      a. Coaxial
      b. Twisted-pair
      c. Fiber-optic
       d. Shielded twisted-pair
The correct answer is a

128. In fiber optics, the signal source is _______ waves.

      a. Very low-frequency
      b. Light
      c. Radio
      d. Infrared
The correct answer is b

129. Smoke signals are an example of communication through _______.

      a. A guided medium
      b. A refractive medium
      c. An unguided medium
      d. A small or large medium
The correct answer is c

130. Which of the following primarily uses guided media?

      a. Cellular telephone system
      b. Satellite communications
      c. Local telephone system
      d. Radio broadcasting
The correct answer is c

131. What is the major factor that makes coaxial cable less susceptible to noise
than twisted-pair cable?
      a. Outer conductor
      b. Inner conductor
      c. Diameter of cable
      d. Insulating material
The correct answer is a

132. The RG number gives us information about _______.

      a. Optical fibers
      b. Twisted pairs
      c. Coaxial cables
      d. All the above
The correct answer is c

133. Transmission media are usually categorized as _______.

      a. Guided or unguided
      b. Fixed or unfixed
      c. Determinate or indeterminate
      d. Metallic or nonmetallic
The correct answer is a
134. The _______ is an association that sponsors the use of infrared waves.
      a. EIA
      b. IrDA
      c. FCC
      d. PUD
The correct answer is b

135. In an optical fiber, the inner core is _______ the cladding.

      a. Less dense than
      b. Denser than
      c. The same density as
      d. Another name for
The correct answer is b

136. The inner core of an optical fiber is _______ in composition.

      a. Copper
      b. Bimetallic
      c. Glass or plastic
      d. Liquid
The correct answer is c

137. When a beam of light travels through media of two different densities, if
the angle of incidence is greater than the critical angle, _______ occurs.
      a. Refraction
      b. Reflection
      c. Incidence
      d. Criticism
The correct answer is b

138. In _______ propagation, the beam of propagated light is almost horizontal,

and the low-density core has a small diameter compared to the cores of the other
propagation modes.
      a. Single-mode
      b. Multimode step-index
      c. Multimode graded-index
      d. Multimode single-index
The correct answer is a

139. _______ is the propagation method subject to the greatest distortion.

      a. Single-mode
      b. Multimode step-index
      c. Multimode graded-index
      d. Multimode single-index
The correct answer is b

140. In _______ propagation, the core is of varying densities.

       a. Single-mode
      b. Multimode step-index
      c. Multimode graded-index
      d. Multimode single-index
The correct answer is c

141. When we talk about unguided media, usually we are referring to _______.
      a. Metallic wires
      b. Nonmetallic wires
      c. The air
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

142. Transmission media are closest to the _______ layer.

      a. Application
      b. Physical
      c. Network
      d. Transport
The correct answer is b

143. Radio wave and microwave frequencies range from _______.

      a. 3 to 300 KHz
      b. 300 KHz to 3 GHz
      c. 3 KHz to 300 GHz
      d. 3 KHz to 3000 GHz
The correct answer is c

144. Optical fibers, unlike wire media, are highly resistant to _______.
      a. High-frequency transmission
      b. Low-frequency transmission
      c. Refraction
      d. Electromagnetic interference
The correct answer is d

145. In _______ propagation, low-frequency radio waves hug the earth.

      a. Space
      b. Ground
      c. Sky
      d. Line of sight
The correct answer is b

146. When the angle of incidence is _______ the critical angle, the light beam
bends along the interface.
      a. More than
      b. Less than
      c. Equal to
       d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

147. A parabolic dish antenna is a(n) _______ antenna.

      a. Omnidirectional
      b. Bidirectional
      c. Horn
      d. Unidirectional
The correct answer is d

Chapter 8 : Telephone, Cable, and Satellite Networks

148. The telephone service handled between two LATAs is called _______.
      a. An ILEC
      b. An IXC
      c. A CLEC
      d. A POP
The correct answer is b

149. How many crosspoints are needed in a single-stage switch with 40 inputs
and 50 outputs?
      a. 2000
      b. 90
      c. 50
      d. 40
The correct answer is a

150. The _______ is a device that connects n inputs to m outputs.

      a. Crossbar
      b. Crosspoint
      c. Modem
      d. RAM
The correct answer is a

151. The established telephone company that provided services in a LATA

before 1966 and owns the cabling system is called _______.
      a. A CLEC
      b. An IXC
      c. An ILEC
      d. A POP
The correct answer is c

152. In a crossbar with 1000 crosspoints, approximately how many are in use at
any time?
      a. 100
      b. 250
       c. 500
      d. 1000
The correct answer is b

153. The _______ of a TSI controls the order of delivery of slot values that are
stored in RAM.
      a. Crossbar
      b. Crosspoint
      c. Transceiver
      d. Control unit
The correct answer is d

154. Which of the following is a time-division switch?

      a. TSI
      b. TDM bus
      c. Crosspoint
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

155. In a time-division switch, a _______ governs the destination of a packet

stored in RAM.
      a. Control unit
      b. TDM bus
      c. Crosspoint
      d. Crossbar
The correct answer is a

156. A telephone network is an example of a _______ network.

      a. Circuit-switched
      b. Packet-switched
      c. Message-switched
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

157. The local loop has _______ cable that connects the subscriber telephone to
the nearest end office.
      a. Coaxial
      b. Fiber-optic
      c. Twisted-pair
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is c

158. Trunks are transmission media such as _______ that handle the telephone
communication between offices.
      a. Twisted-pair cable
      b. Fiber-optic cable
       c. Satellite links
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d

159. A new telephone company that provides services in a LATA after 1966 is
called _______.
      a. An ILEC
      b. An IXC
      c. A POP
      d. A CLEC
The correct answer is d

160. If the end office receives two bursts of analog signals with frequencies of
697 and 1477 Hz, then the number _______ has been punched.
      a. 1
      b. 2
      c. 3
      d. 4
The correct answer is c

161. In _______ circuit switching, delivery of data is delayed because data

must be stored and retrieved from RAM.
      a. Time-division
      b. Space-division
      c. Virtual
      d. Packet
The correct answer is a

162. Data from a computer are _______; the local loop handles _______
signals.
      a. Digital; digital
      b. Digital; analog
      c. Analog; analog
      d. Analog; digital
The correct answer is b

163. To create a _______, combine crossbar switches in stages.

      a. TSI
      b. Multistage switch
      c. Crosspoint
      d. Packet switch
The correct answer is b

164. A traditional telephone line has a bandwidth of _______.

      a. 2000 Hz
      b. 4000 Hz
       c. 2000 MHz
      d. 4000 MHz
The correct answer is b

Chapter 9 : Flow and Error Control

165. SONET is a standard for _______ networks.
      a. Twisted-pair cable
      b. Fiber-optic cable
      c. Coaxial cable
      d. Ethernet
The correct answer is b

166. _______ limit the bandwidth of the local loop to 4 KHz.

      a. Fiber nodes
      b. Repeaters
      c. Filters
      d. Hubs
The correct answer is c

167. The actual bit rate of ADSL downstream data is _______.

      a. 6 to 30 Kbps
      b. 64 Kbps to 1 Mbps
      c. 500 Kbps to 8 Mbps
      d. 31 Kbps to 255 Mbps
The correct answer is c

168. _______ is a device at the telephone company site that can packetize data
to be sent to the ISP server.
      a. A filter
      b. A splitter
      c. A DSLAM
      d. An ADSL modem
The correct answer is c

169. The standard for data transmission over an HFC network is called
_______.
      a. DOCSIS
      b. CMTS
      c. MCNS
      d. ADSL
The correct answer is a

170. DMT is a modulation technique that combines elements of _______ and

_______.
      a. FDM; TDM
       b. QDM; QAM
      c. PSK; FSK
      d. FDM; QAM
The correct answer is d

171. The _______ is an HFC network device installed inside the distribution
hub that receives data from the Internet and passes them to the combiner.
      a. DOCSIS
      b. MCNS
      c. CM
      d. CMTS
The correct answer is d

172. HDSL encodes data using _______.

      a. 6B/8T
      b. 4B/5B
      c. 2B1Q
      d. 1B2Q
The correct answer is c
Your answer is a

173. _______ encoded signal is more susceptible to attenuation than _______

encoded signal.
      a. An AMI; a 2B1Q
      b. An AMI; a 2B2Q
      c. A 2B1Q; an AMI
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

174. Another name for the cable TV office is the _______.

      a. Fiber node
      b. Combiner
      c. Head end
      d. Splitter
The correct answer is c

175. A traditional cable TV network transmits signals ______.

      a. Upstream and downstream
      b. Upstream
      c. Downstream
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

176. _______ was designed as an alternative to the T-1 line.

      a. VDSL
      b. SDSL
       c. HDSL
      d. ADSL
The correct answer is c

177. The synchronous payload envelope of an STS-1 frame contains _______.

      a. Pointers
      b. User data
      c. Overhead
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d

178. _______ has a higher transmission rate in the downstream direction than
in the upstream direction.
      a. VDSL
      b. ADSL
      c. SDSL
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

179. An HFC network uses _______ as the medium from the switch to the fiber
node.
      a. UTP
      b. STP
      c. Optical fiber
      d. Coaxial cable
The correct answer is c

180. In an HFC network, the distribution hub handles the _______ of signals.
      a. Modulation
      b. Distribution
      c. Splitting
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

181. A TV channel in an HFC network needs a _______-MHz bandwidth.

      a. 369
      b. 6
      c. 100
      d. 250
The correct answer is b

182. _______ data go from the subscriber to the Internet.

      a. Downstream
      b. Upstream
      c. Midstream
      d. None of the above
 The correct answer is b

183. In an HFC network, the upstream data are modulated using the _______
modulation technique.
      a. PCM
      b. QAM
      c. QPSK
      d. ASK
The correct answer is b

184. _______ is suitable for businesses that require comparable upstream and
downstream data rates.
      a. SDSL
      b. VDSL
      c. ADSL
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is a

185. SONET is an acronym for _______ Network.

      a. Standard Optical
      b. Symmetric Open
      c. Synchronous Optical
      d. Standard Open
The correct answer is c

186. The largest portion of the bandwidth for ADSL carries _______.
      a. Voice communication
      b. Downstream data
      c. Upstream data
      d. Control data
The correct answer is b

187. In a SONET system, _______ can remove signals from a path.

      a. An add/drop multiplexer
      b. A repeater
      c. An STS multiplier
      d. A regenerator
The correct answer is a

Chapter 10 : Access Method

188. Which of the following best describes a single-bit error?
      a. A single bit is inverted.
      b. A single bit is inverted per transmission.
      c. A single bit is inverted per data unit.
      d. Any of the above
 The correct answer is c

189. Which error detection method uses ones complement arithmetic?

      a. Simple parity check
      b. Checksum
      c. Two-dimensional parity check
      d. CRC
The correct answer is b

190. Which error detection method consists of just one redundant bit per data
unit?
      a. Two-dimensional parity check
      b. CRC
      c. Simple parity check
      d. Checksum
The correct answer is c

191. Which error detection method involves polynomials?

      a. CRC
      b. Simple parity check
      c. Two-dimensional parity check
      d. Checksum
The correct answer is a

192. If the ASCII character G is sent and the character D is received, what type
of error is this?
      a. Single-bit
      b. Multiple-bit
      c. Burst
      d. Recoverable
The correct answer is c

193. If the ASCII character H is sent and the character I is received, what type
of error is this?
      a. Burst
      b. Recoverable
      c. Single-bit
      d. Multiple-bit
The correct answer is c

194. In cyclic redundancy checking, what is the CRC?

      a. The remainder
      b. The divisor
      c. The quotient
      d. The dividend
The correct answer is a
195. Which error detection method involves the use of parity bits?
      a. Simple parity check
      b. Two-dimensional parity check
      c. CRC
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

196. In cyclic redundancy checking, the divisor is _______ the CRC.

      a. The same size as
      b. 1 bit more than
      c. 1 bit less than
      d. 2 bits more than
The correct answer is b

197. If the data unit is 111111, the divisor 1010, and the remainder 110, what is
the dividend at the receiver?
      a. 111111011
      b. 1010110
      c. 111111110
      d. 110111111
The correct answer is c

198. Which error detection method consists of a parity bit for each data unit as
well as an entire data unit of parity bits?
      a. Simple parity check
      b. Checksum
      c. Two-dimensional parity check
      d. CRC
The correct answer is c

199. If the data unit is 111111 and the divisor 1010, what is the dividend at the
transmitter?
      a. 1111110000
      b. 111111000
      c. 111111
      d. 1111111010
The correct answer is b

200. If odd parity is used for ASCII error detection, the number of 0s per 8-bit
symbol is _______.
      a. Indeterminate
      b. 42
      c. Even
      d. Odd
The correct answer is d
201. In CRC there is no error if the remainder at the receiver is _______.
      a. Nonzero
      b. The quotient at the sender
      c. Equal to the remainder at the sender
      d. Zero
The correct answer is d

202. At the CRC generator, _______ added to the data unit after the division
process.
      a. 0s are
      b. 1s are
      c. The CRC remainder is
      d. The polynomial is
The correct answer is c

203. The sum of the checksum and data at the receiver is _______ if there are
no errors.
      a. -0
      b. +0
      c. The complement of the checksum
      d. The complement of the data
The correct answer is a

204. In CRC the quotient at the sender _______.

      a. Becomes the dividend at the receiver
      b. Becomes the divisor at the receiver
      c. Is the remainder
      d. Is discarded
The correct answer is d

205. The Hamming code is a method of _______.

      a. Error detection
      b. Error correction
      c. Error encapsulation
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

206. At the CRC checker, _______ means that the data unit is damaged.
      a. A string of alternating 1s and 0s
      b. A nonzero remainder
      c. A string of 0s
      d. A string of 1s
The correct answer is b

207. Which error detection method can detect a single-bit error?

       a. Simple parity check
      b. Two-dimensional parity check
      c. CRC
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d

208. Which error detection method can detect a burst error?

      a. The parity check
      b. Two-dimensional parity check
      c. CRC
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d

209. At the CRC generator, _______ added to the data unit before the division
process.
      a. A polynomial is
      b. A CRC remainder is
      c. 0s are
      d. 1s are
The correct answer is c

Chapter 11 : Wired Local Area Networks

210. HDLC is an acronym for _______.
      a. High-duplex line communication
      b. Half-duplex digital link combination
      c. High-level data link control
      d. Host double-level circuit
The correct answer is c

211. Flow control is needed to prevent ________.

      a. Overflow of the sender buffer
      b. Overflow of the receiver buffer
      c. Bit errors
      d. Collision between sender and receiver
The correct answer is b

212. In a Go-Back-N ARQ, if the window size is 63, what is the range of
sequence numbers?
      a. 1 to 63
      b. 1 to 64
      c. 0 to 63
      d. 0 to 64
The correct answer is c

213. For a sliding window of size n - 1 (n sequence numbers), there can be a

 maximum of _______ frames sent but unacknowledged.
      a. 0
      b. n
      c. n - 1
      d. n + 1
The correct answer is b

214. When data and acknowledgment are sent on the same frame, this is called
_______.
      a. Backpacking
      b. Piggypacking
      c. Piggybacking
      d. A good idea
The correct answer is c

215. In _______ ARQ, if a NAK is received, only the specific damaged or lost
frame is retransmitted.
      a. Go-Back-N
      b. Stop-and-Wait
      c. Selective Repeat
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is a

216. ARQ stands for _______.

      a. Automatic repeat request
      b. Automatic retransmission request
      c. Acknowledge repeat request
      d. Automatic repeat quantization
The correct answer is a

217. In Go-Back-N ARQ, if frames 4, 5, and 6 are received successfully, the

receiver may send an ACK _______ to the sender.
      a. 5
      b. 6
      c. 7
      d. Any of the above
The correct answer is d

218. The shortest frame in HDLC protocol is usually the _______ frame.
      a. Information
      b. Management
      c. Supervisory
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

219. The address field of a frame in HDLC protocol contains the address of the
 _______ station.
      a. Primary
      b. Secondary
      c. Tertiary
      d. (a) or (b)
The correct answer is b

220. The HDLC _______ field defines the beginning and end of a frame.
      a. Address
      b. Control
      c. Flag
      d. FCS
The correct answer is c

221. A timer is set when _______ is (are) sent out.

      a. An ACK
      b. A NAK
      c. A data frame
      d. All the above
The correct answer is c

222. For Stop-and-Wait ARQ, for n data packets sent, _______

acknowledgments are needed.
      a. n - 1
      b. n + 1
      c. n
      d. 2n
The correct answer is c

223. What is present in all HDLC control fields?

      a. N(R)
      b. N(S)
      c. Code bits
      d. P/F bit
The correct answer is d

Chapter 12 : Wireless Local Area Networks

224. According to the PPP transition state diagram, options are negotiated in
the _______ state.
      a. Networking
      b. Terminating
      c. Establishing
      d. Authenticating
The correct answer is c
225. According to the PPP transition state diagram, verification of user
identification occurs in the _______ state.
      a. Networking
      b. Terminating
      c. Establishing
      d. Authenticating
The correct answer is d

226. PAP requires _______ and _______ from the user.

      a. A password; a calculated value
      b. Authentication identification; a calculated value
      c. Authentication identification; a password
      d. A challenge value; a password
The correct answer is c

227. According to the PPP transition state diagram, the link is disconnected in
the _______ state.
      a. Networking
      b. Terminating
      c. Establishing
      d. Authenticating
The correct answer is b

228. In the PPP frame, the _______ field defines the contents of the data field.
      a. FCS
      b. Flag
      c. Control
      d. Protocol
The correct answer is d

229. According to the PPP transition state diagram, exchange of user control
and data packets occurs in the _______ state.
      a. Networking
      b. Terminating
      c. Establishing
      d. Authenticating
The correct answer is a

230. _______, an (a)_______ protocol, establishes and terminates a network

layer connection for IP packets.
      a. CHAP; NCP
      b. IPCP; NCP
      c. NCP; IPCP
      d. SLIP; PPP
The correct answer is b
231. In the PPP frame, the _______ field is similar to that of the U-frame in
HDLC.
      a. Flag
      b. Protocol
      c. FCS
      d. Control
The correct answer is d

232. In the PPP frame, the _______ field has a value of 11111111 to indicate
the broadcast address of HDLC.
      a. Protocol
      b. Address
      c. Control
      d. FCS
The correct answer is b

233. What is the purpose of LCP packets?

      a. Configuration
      b. Termination
      c. Option negotiation
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d

234. _______ is a three-way handshake for user verification.

      a. PPP
      b. CHAP
      c. PAP
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is b

235. A PAP packet and a CHAP packet can be distinguished by the value of the
_______ field of the PPP frame.
      a. Protocol
      b. FCS
      c. Address
      d. Control
The correct answer is d

236. In the PPP frame, the _______ field is for error control.
      a. FCS
      b. Flag
      c. Control
      d. Protocol
The correct answer is a

237. CHAP authentication, the user takes the system's _______ and its own
 _______ to create a result that is then sent to the system.
      a. Authentication identification; password
      b. Password; authentication identification
      c. Challenge value; password
      d. Password; challenge value
The correct answer is c

238. If an FDMA network has eight stations, the medium bandwidth has
______ bands.
      a. 1
      b. 2
      c. 8
      d. 16
The correct answer is c

239. In the _______ random-access method there is no collision.

      a. CSMA/CD
      b. CSMA/CA
      c. ALOHA
      d. Token-passing
The correct answer is b

240. In the 1-persistent approach, when a station finds an idle line, it _______.
      a. Sends immediately
      b. Waits 0.1 s before sending
      c. Waits 1 s before sending
      d. Waits a time equal to 1 - p before sending
The correct answer is a

241. _______ requires one primary station and one or more secondary stations.
      a. Token ring
      b. Reservation
      c. Polling
      d. CSMA
The correct answer is c

242. In the p-persistent approach, when a station finds an idle line, it _______.
      a. Sends immediately
      b. Waits 1 s before sending
      c. Sends with probability 1 - p
      d. Sends with probability p
The correct answer is d

243. A network using the CSMA random-access method with p equal to 0.25
will send _______ percent of the time after accessing an idle line.
      a. 50
       b. 75
      c. 100
      d. 25
The correct answer is d

244. The 1-persistent approach can be considered a special case of the p-

persistent approach with p equal to _______.
      a. 1.0
      b. 2.0
      c. 0.1
      d. 0.5
The correct answer is a

245. _______ is a random-access protocol.

      a. FDMA
      b. CDMA
      c. MA
      d. Polling
The correct answer is c

246. In the reservation access method, if there are 10 stations on a network,

then there are _______ reservation minislots in the reservation frame.
      a. 10
      b. 11
      c. 5
      d. 9
The correct answer is a

247. A Walsh table for 16 stations has a chip sequence of _______ chips.
      a. 16
      b. 32
      c. 4
      d. 8
The correct answer is a

248. _______ is a controlled-access protocol.

      a. FDMA
      b. TDMA
      c. CSMA
      d. Reservation
The correct answer is d

249. _______ is (are) a channelization protocol.

      a. FDMA
      b. TDMA
      c. CDMA
       d. All the above
The correct answer is d

250. _______ is the access protocol used by traditional Ethernet.

      a. Token ring
      b. CSMA
      c. CSMA/CD
      d. CSMA/CA
The correct answer is c

251. The most primitive random access method is _______.

      a. Channelization
      b. ALOHA
      c. CSMA
      d. Token passing
The correct answer is b

252. When a collision is detected in a network using CSMA/CD, _______.

      a. The frame is immediately resent
      b. The backoff value is decremented by 1
      c. A jam signal is sent by the station
      d. The backoff value is set to 0
The correct answer is c

253. In the _______ random-access method, stations do not sense the medium.
      a. CSMA/CA
      b. ALOHA
      c. CSMA/CD
      d. Ethernet
The correct answer is b

254. When a primary device asks a secondary device if it has data to send, this
is called _______.
      a. Backing off
      b. Polling
      c. Selecting
      d. Reserving
The correct answer is b

255. If a TDMA network has eight stations, the medium bandwidth has
_______ bands.
      a. 1
      b. 2
      c. 8
      d. 16
The correct answer is a
256. If a CDMA network has eight stations, the medium bandwidth has
_______ bands.
      a. 1
      b. 2
      c. 8
      d. 16
The correct answer is a

257. If an Ethernet destination address is 08-07-06-05-44-33, then this is a

______ address.
      a. Broadcast
      b. Unicast
      c. Multicast
      d. Any of the above
The correct answer is b

258. What is the hexadecimal equivalent of the Ethernet address 01011010

00010001 01010101 00011000 10101010 00001111?
      a. 5A-11-55-18-AA-0F
      b. 5A-88-AA-18-55-F0
      c. 5A-81-BA-81-AA-0F
      d. 5A-18-5A-18-55-0F
The correct answer is a

259. Which of the following could not be an Ethernet source address?

      a. 8A-7B-6C-DE-10-00
      b. 8B-32-21-21-4D-34
      c. EE-AA-C1-23-45-32
      d. 46-56-21-1A-DE-F4
The correct answer is b

260. What is the efficiency of 4B/5B block encoding?

      a. 60 percent
      b. 80 percent
      c. 20 percent
      d. 40 percent
The correct answer is b

261. Which of the following could not be an Ethernet unicast destination?

      a. 44-AA-C1-23-45-32
      b. 46-56-21-1A-DE-F4
      c. 48-32-21-21-4D-34
      d. 43-7B-6C-DE-10-00
The correct answer is d
262. What is the efficiency of 8B/10B encoding?
      a. 80 percent
      b. 20 percent
      c. 40 percent
      d. 60 percent
The correct answer is a

263. A 10-station Ethernet LAN uses a _______-port bridge if the effective

average data rate for each station is 2 Mbps.
      a. 10
      b. 1
      c. 2
      d. 5
The correct answer is d

264. A _______-station Ethernet LAN uses a four-port bridge. Each station has
an effective average data rate of 1.25 Mbps.
      a. 160
      b. 80
      c. 40
      d. 32
The correct answer is d

265. An 80-station traditional Ethernet is divided into four collision domains.

This means that a maximum of _______ stations contend for medium access at
any one time.
      a. 20
      b. 76
      c. 80
      d. 320
The correct answer is a

266. If an Ethernet destination address is 07-01-02-03-04-05, then this is a

______ address.
      a. Unicast
      b. Broadcast
      c. Multicast
      d. Any of the above
The correct answer is c

267. What is the efficiency of a frame in half-duplex Gigabit Ethernet carrying

46 bytes of data?
      a. 97 percent
      b. 70 percent
      c. 56 percent
      d. 12 percent
 The correct answer is b

268. Which of the following could not be an Ethernet multicast destination?

      a. B7-7B-6C-DE-10-00
      b. 7C-56-21-1A-DE-F4
      c. 7B-AA-C1-23-45-32
      d. 83-32-21-21-4D-34
The correct answer is b

269. Which of the following is a four-wire Gigabit Ethernet implementation?

      a. 1000Base-SX
      b. 1000Base-LX
      c. 1000Base-T
      d. 1000Base-CX
The correct answer is c

270. Forty stations are on an Ethernet LAN. A 10-port bridge segments the
LAN. What is the effective average data rate of each station?
      a. 1.0 Mbps
      b. 2.5 Mbps
      c. 2.0 Mbps
      d. 5.0 Mbps
The correct answer is b

271. A wireless LAN using FHSS hops 10 times per cycle. If the bandwidth of
the original signal is 10 MHz and 2 GHz is the lowest frequency, the highest
frequency of the system is _______ GHz.
      a. 1.0
      b. 2.0
      c. 2.1
      d. 3.0
The correct answer is c

272. An FHSS wireless LAN has a spread spectrum of 1 GHz. The bandwidth
of the original signal is 250 MHz, and there are ______ hops per cycle.
      a. 4
      b. 3
      c. 2
      d. 1
The correct answer is a

273. A wireless LAN using FHSS hops 10 times per cycle. If the bandwidth of
the original signal is 10 MHz, the spread spectrum is _______ MHz.
      a. 1000
      b. 10,000
      c. 10
       d. 100
The correct answer is d

274. A wireless LAN using DSSS with an 8-bit chip code needs _______ MHz
for sending data that originally required a 10-MHz bandwidth.
      a. 20
      b. 80
      c. 2
      d. 8
The correct answer is b

275. A wireless LAN using DSSS with _______-bit chip code needs 320 MHz
for sending data that originally required a 20-MHz bandwidth.
      a. A 2
      b. A 16
      c. A 32
      d. An 8
The correct answer is b

276. A wireless LAN using DSSS with a 4-bit chip code needs 10 MHz for
sending data that originally required a _______-MHz bandwidth.
      a. 20
      b. 25
      c. 40
      d. 2.5
The correct answer is d

277. In an ESS the _______ station is not mobile.

      a. BSS
      b. AP
      c. Server
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is b

278. In an ESS the _______ stations are part of a wired LAN.

      a. BSS
      b. AP
      c. Server
      d. All the above
The correct answer is b

279. A station with _______ mobility is either stationary or moving only inside
a BSS.
      a. No-transition
      b. BSS
      c. ESS
       d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is a

280. _______ combine to form a scatternet.

      a. APs
      b. Piconets
      c. BSSs
      d. ESSs
The correct answer is b

281. Bluetooth uses _______ in the physical layer.

      a. DSSS
      b. DHSS
      c. FHSS
      d. OFDM
The correct answer is c

282. A _______ frame usually precedes a CTS frame.

      a. SIFS
      b. RTS
      c. DIFS
      d. Any of the above
The correct answer is b

283. A station with _______ mobility can move from one BSS to another.
      a. No-transition
      b. ESS-transition
      c. BSS-transition
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is c

284. A station with _______ mobility can move from one ESS to another.
      a. No-transition
      b. ESS-transition
      c. BSS-transition
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is b

285. A _______ frame usually precedes an RTS frame.

      a. DIFS
      b. CIFS
      c. CTS
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is d

286. Wireless transmission is _______ prone to error than/as wired

 transmission.
      a. Less
      b. More
      c. Half as
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is b

287. Which MAC sublayer does IEEE 802.11 define?

      a. LLC
      b. PCF
      c. DCF
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d

288. What is the basic access method for wireless LANs as defined by IEEE
802.11?
      a. LLC
      b. PCF
      c. DCF
      d. BFD
The correct answer is c

289. The access method for wireless LANs as defined by IEEE 802.11 is based
on ______.
      a. Token passing
      b. CSMA
      c. CSMA/CD
      d. CSMA/CA
The correct answer is d

290. FHSS, DSSS, and OFDM are _______ layer specifications.

      a. Data link
      b. Network
      c. Physical
      d. Transport
The correct answer is c

291. Stations do not sense the medium during _______ time.

      a. SIFS
      b. NAV
      c. RTS
      d. CTS
The correct answer is b

292. A Bluetooth frame needs _______ µs for hopping and control

mechanisms.
       a. 3
      b. 625
      c. 259
      d. A multiple of 259
The correct answer is c

293. In the ______ method, the sender hops from frequency to frequency in a
specific order.
      a. DSSS
      b. FHSS
      c. OFDM
      d. HR-DSSS
The correct answer is b

294. A wireless LAN uses _______ frames for acknowledgment.

      a. Management
      b. Data
      c. Control
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

295. A wireless LAN uses _______ frames for the initial communication
between stations and the access points.
      a. Control
      b. Data
      c. Management
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

296. A Bluetooth network can have _______ master(s).

      a. One
      b. Two
      c. Three
      d. Eight
The correct answer is a

297. A bridge forwards or filters a frame by comparing the information in its

address table to the frame's _______.
      a. Source node's physical address
      b. Layer 2 destination address
      c. Layer 2 source address
      d. Layer 3 destination address
The correct answer is b

298. Repeaters function in the _______ layer(s).

      a. Network
       b. Physical (MAC)
      c. Data link
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is b

299. A _______ is actually a multiport repeater.

      a. Hub
      b. Bridge
      c. Router
      d. VLAN
The correct answer is a

300. A repeater takes a weakened or corrupted signal and _______ it.

      a. Resamples
      b. Reroutes
      c. Amplifies
      d. Regenerates
The correct answer is d

301. A bridge has access to the _______ address of a station on the same
network.
      a. Network
      b. Service access point
      c. Physical (MAC)
      d. All the above
The correct answer is c

302. The bridge with the least-cost path between the LAN and the root bridge is
called the _______ bridge.
      a. Forwarding
      b. Designated
      c. Blocking
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is b

303. A system with redundant bridges might have a problem with _______ in
the system.
      a. Filters
      b. Spanning trees
      c. Loops
      d. All the above
The correct answer is c

304. Bridges function in the _______ layer(s).

      a. Physical (MAC)
      b. Data link
       c. Network
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

305. In a VLAN, stations are separated into groups by _______.

      a. Software methods
      b. Location
      c. Physical methods
      d. Switches
The correct answer is a

306. A bridge can _______.

      a. Filter a frame
      b. Forward a frame
      c. Extend a LAN
      d. Do all the above
The correct answer is d

307. A _______ bridge has the smallest ID.

      a. Designated
      b. Forwarding
      c. Blocking
      d. Root
The correct answer is d

308. A bridge never forwards frames out of the _______ port.

      a. Root
      b. Designated
      c. Blocking
      d. Forwarding
The correct answer is c

309. Which type of bridge builds and updates its tables from address
information on frames?
      a. Transparent
      b. Simple
      c. (a) and (b)
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

310. VLAN technology divides a LAN into ______ groups.

      a. Multiplexed
      b. Framed
      c. Physical
      d. Logical
The correct answer is d
311. Which of the following is a connecting device?
      a. Bridge
      b. Repeater
      c. Hub
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d

312. Which station characteristic can be used to group stations into a VLAN?
      a. Port numbers
      b. MAC addresses
      c. IP addresses
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d

313. _______ is a first-generation cellular phone system.

      a. GSM
      b. IS-95
      c. AMPS
      d. D-AMPS
The correct answer is c

314. AMPS uses _______ for modulation.

      a. FM
      b. FSK
      c. PM
      d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

315. _______ separates the AMPS voice channels.

      a. CDMA
      b. TDMA
      c. FDMA
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is c

316. _______ is a cellular telephone system popular in Europe.

      a. GSM
      b. D-AMPS
      c. IS-95
      d. AMPS
The correct answer is a

317. D-AMPS uses _______ for multiplexing.

      a. CDMA
      b. TDMA
       c. FDMA
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d

318. GSM uses _______ for multiplexing.

      a. CDMA
      b. TDMA
      c. FDMA
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d

319. DSSS is used by the _______ cellular phone system.

      a. AMPS
      b. IS-95
      c. D-AMPS
      d. GSM
The correct answer is b

320. _______ base stations use GPS for synchronization.

      a. GSM
      b. IS-95
      c. AMPS
      d. D-AMPS
The correct answer is b

321. _______ will have 288 satellites in 12 polar orbits.

      a. Teledesic
      b. Globalstar
      c. Iridium
      d. GPS
The correct answer is a

322. IS-95 has a frequency reuse factor of _______.

      a. 7
      b. 95
      c. 1
      d. 5
The correct answer is c

323. The path that a satellite makes around the world is called _______.
      a. An orbit
      b. A period
      c. A footprint
      d. An uplink
The correct answer is a
324. A GEO satellite has _______ orbit.
      a. A polar
      b. An inclined
      c. An equilateral
      d. An equatorial
The correct answer is d

325. Which orbit has the highest altitude?

      a. LEO
      b. GEO
      c. MEO
      d. HEO
The correct answer is b

326. _______ is a second-generation cellular phone system.

      a. D-AMPS
      b. GSM
      c. IS-95
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d

327. A _______ is a computerized center that is responsible for connecting

calls, recording call information, and billing.
      a. Cell
      b. Mobile station
      c. Base station
      d. Mobile switching center
The correct answer is d

328. _______ has 48 satellites in six polar orbits.

      a. Iridium
      b. Teledesic
      c. Globalstar
      d. GPS
The correct answer is c

329. The signal from a satellite is aimed at a specific area called the _______.
      a. Orbit
      b. Period
      c. Footprint
      d. Uplink
The correct answer is c

330. In _______, a mobile station always communicates with just one base
station.
      a. Roaming
       b. A roaming handoff
      c. A hard handoff
      d. A soft handoff
The correct answer is c

331. MEO satellites orbit _______ Van Allen belts.

      a. In the
      b. Above both
      c. Below both
      d. Between the
The correct answer is d

332. _______ is often used for navigation purposes.

      a. GPS
      b. AMPS
      c. IS-95
      d. Iridium
The correct answer is a

333. An LEO satellite has _______ orbit.

      a. An equatorial
      b. A polar
      c. An inclined
      d. All the above
The correct answer is b

334. Teledesic is a _______ LEO satellite system.

      a. Passband
      b. Broadband
      c. Little
      d. Big
The correct answer is b

335. _______ has 66 satellites in six LEOs.

      a. Globalstar
      b. Teledesic
      c. GPS
      d. Iridium
The correct answer is d

336. Transmission from the Earth to the satellite is called the _______.
      a. Downlink
      b. Uplink
      c. Footlink
      d. Up print
The correct answer is b
337. The _______ is not used for voice communication.
      a. GPS
      b. Iridium system
      c. IS-95 system
      d. Globalstar system
The correct answer is a

338. _______ is a Frame Relay option that transmits voice through the network.
      a. LMI
      b. FRAD
      c. VOFR
      d. DLCI
The correct answer is c

339. Frame Relay provides _______ connections.

      a. PVC
      b. SVC
      c. (a) and (b)
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

340. Routing and switching in Frame Relay are performed by the _______
layer.
      a. Physical
      b. Network
      c. Data link
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is c

341. Frame Relay is unsuitable for ________ due to possible delays in

transmission resulting from variable frame sizes.
      a. File transfers
      b. Real-time video
      c. Fixed-rate data communication
      d. All the above
The correct answer is b

342. The Frame Relay address field is _______ in length.

      a. 4 bytes
      b. 2 bytes
      c. 3 bytes
      d. Any of the above
The correct answer is d

343. Because ATM _______, which means that cells follow the same path, the
 cells do not usually arrive out of order.
      a. Is asynchronous
      b. Uses virtual circuit routing
      c. Is multiplexed
      d. Is a network
The correct answer is b

344. _______ is a protocol to control and manage interfaces in Frame Relay

networks.
      a. FRAD
      b. DLCI
      c. LMI
      d. VOFR
The correct answer is c

345. Frame Relay operates in the _______.

      a. Physical and data link layers
      b. Physical, data link, and network layers
      c. Physical layer
      d. Data link layer
The correct answer is a

346. In the data link layer, Frame Relay uses _______.

      a. A simplified HDLC protocol
      b. LAPB
      c. BSC protocol
      d. Any ANSI standard protocol
The correct answer is a

347. The VPI of an NNI is _______ bits in length.

      a. 16
      b. 8
      c. 12
      d. 24
The correct answer is c

348. In data communications, ATM is an acronym for _______.

      a. Automated Teller Machine
      b. Automatic Transmission Model
      c. Asynchronous Transfer Mode
      d. Asynchronous Telecommunication Method
The correct answer is c

349. Which AAL type is designed to support SEAL?

      a. AAL1
      b. AAL2
       c. AAL3/4
      d. AAL5
The correct answer is d

350. Which layer in ATM protocol reformats the data received from other
networks?
      a. Physical
      b. Application adaptation
      c. Data adaptation
      d. ATM
The correct answer is b

351. Which layer in ATM protocol has a 53-byte cell as an end product?
      a. ATM
      b. Application adaptation
      c. Physical
      d. Cell transformation
The correct answer is a

352. Which AAL type is designed to support a data stream that has a constant
bit rate?
      a. AAL1
      b. AAL2
      c. AAL3/4
      d. AAL5
The correct answer is a

353. The VPI of a UNI is _______ bits in length.

      a. 12
      b. 16
      c. 24
      d. 8
The correct answer is d

354. In an ATM network, all cells belonging to a single message follow the
same _______ and remain in their original order until they reach their destination.
      a. Virtual circuit
      b. Transmission path
      c. Virtual path
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

355. A device called a(n) _______ allows frames from an ATM network to be
transmitted across a Frame Relay network.
      a. FRAD
      b. LMI
       c. VOFR
      d. DLCI
The correct answer is a

356. A _______ provides a connection or a set of connections between

switches.
      a. Transmission path
      b. Virtual circuit
      c. Virtual path
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is b

357. A _________ is the physical connection between an endpoint and a switch

or between two switches.
      a. Virtual path
      b. Transmission path
      c. Virtual circuit
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is b

358. On a network that uses NAT, the _______ has a translation table.
      a. Router
      b. Switch
      c. Server
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

359. Identify the class of IP address 229.1.2.3.

      a. Class A
      b. Class B
      c. Class C
      d. Class D
The correct answer is d

360. On a network that uses NAT, _______ initiates the communication.

      a. An internal host
      b. An external host
      c. The router
      d. (a) or (b)
The correct answer is a

361. A subnet mask in class B can have _______ 1s with the remaining bits 0s.
      a. Nine
      b. Seventeen
      c. Three
      d. Fourteen
 The correct answer is b

362. A subnet mask in class C can have _______ 1s with the remaining bits 0s.
      a. Twenty-five
      b. Twelve
      c. Seven
      d. Ten
The correct answer is a

363. Identify the class of IP address 4.5.6.7.

      a. Class A
      b. Class B
      c. Class C
      d. Class D
The correct answer is a

364. Identify the class of IP address 191.1.2.3.

      a. Class A
      b. Class B
      c. Class C
      d. Class D
The correct answer is b

365. A subnet mask in class A can have _______ 1s with the remaining bits 0s.
      a. Nine
      b. Four
      c. Thirty-three
      d. Three
The correct answer is a

366. Class _______ has the greatest number of hosts per given network
address.
      a. A
      b. B
      c. C
      d. D
The correct answer is a

367. A subnet mask in class B has nineteen 1s. How many subnets does it
define?
      a. 128
      b. 8
      c. 32
      d. 64
The correct answer is b
368. In _______ routing, the full IP address of a destination is given in the
routing table.
      a. Next-hop
      b. Host-specific
      c. Network-specific
      d. Default
The correct answer is b

369. A subnet mask in class C has twenty-five 1s. How many subnets does it
define?
      a. 0
      b. 2
      c. 8
      d. 16
The correct answer is b

370. Given the IP address 180.25.21.172 and the subnet mask 255.255.192.0,
what is the subnet address?
      a. 180.25.21.0
      b. 180.25.8.0
      c. 180.25.0.0
      d. 180.0.0.0
The correct answer is c

371. Given the IP address 18.250.31.14 and the subnet mask 255.240.0.0, what
is the subnet address?
      a. 18.9.0.14
      b. 18.0.0.14
      c. 18.31.0.14
      d. 18.240.0.0
The correct answer is d

372. _______ is a client-server program that provides an IP address, subnet

mask, IP address of a router, and IP address of a name server to a computer.
      a. NAT
      b. DHCP
      c. CIDR
      d. ISP
The correct answer is b

373. In _______, each packet of a message need not follow the same path from
sender to receiver.
      a. The virtual approach to packet switching
      b. The datagram approach to packet switching
      c. Message switching
      d. None of the above
 The correct answer is b

374. An IP address consists of _______ bits.

      a. 8
      b. 32
      c. 4
      d. Any of the above
The correct answer is b

375. On a network that uses NAT, the router can use _______ global
address(es).
      a. A pool of
      b. One
      c. Two
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

376. In _______ routing, the mask and destination addresses are both 0.0.0.0 in
the routing table.
      a. Default
      b. Next-hop
      c. Network-specific
      d. Host-specific
The correct answer is a

377. A subnet mask in class A has fourteen 1s. How many subnets does it
define?
      a. 64
      b. 128
      c. 32
      d. 8
The correct answer is a

378. In which type of switching do all the packets of a message follow the same
channels of a path?
      a. Virtual circuit packet switching
      b. Message switching
      c. Datagram packet switching
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

379. In _______ routing, the destination address is a network address in the

routing table.
      a. Network-specific
      b. Host-specific
      c. Next-hop
       d. Default
The correct answer is a

380. Given the IP address 201.14.78.65 and the subnet mask 255.255.255.224,
what is the subnet address?
      a. 201.14.78.64
      b. 201.14.78.32
      c. 201.14.78.65
      d. 201.14.78.12
The correct answer is a

381. In error reporting the encapsulated ICMP packet goes to _______.

      a. The receiver
      b. A router
      c. The sender
      d. Any of the above
The correct answer is c

382. When the hop-count field reaches zero and the destination has not been
reached, a _______ error message is sent.
      a. Destination-unreachable
      b. Redirection
      c. Time-exceeded
      d. Parameter-problem
The correct answer is c

383. An ARP request is _______ to _______.

      a. Multicast; one host
      b. Unicast; all hosts
      c. Broadcast; all hosts
      d. Unicast; one host
The correct answer is c

384. What is the maximum size of the data portion of the IP datagram?
      a. 65,515 bytes
      b. 65,535 bytes
      c. 65,475 bytes
      d. 65,460 bytes
The correct answer is a

385. A best-effort delivery service such as IP does not include _______.

      a. Error correction
      b. Error checking
      c. Datagram acknowledgment
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d
386. An HLEN value of decimal 10 means _______.
      a. There is 10 bytes of options
      b. There is 40 bytes in the header
      c. There is 40 bytes of options
      d. There is 10 bytes in the header
The correct answer is b

387. In IPv4, what is the value of the total length field in bytes if the header is
28 bytes and the data field is 400 bytes?
      a. 407
      b. 107
      c. 428
      d. 427
The correct answer is c

388. If the fragment offset has a value of 100, it means that _______.
      a. The first byte of the datagram is byte 800
      b. The datagram has not been fragmented
      c. The datagram is 100 bytes in size
      d. The first byte of the datagram is byte 100
The correct answer is a

389. What is needed to determine the number of the last byte of a fragment?
      a. Identification number
      b. Offset number
      c. Total length
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d

390. The IP header size _______.

      a. Depends on the MTU
      b. Is 20 to 60 bytes long
      c. Is 20 bytes long
      d. Is 60 bytes long
The correct answer is b

391. If a host needs to synchronize its clock with another host, it sends a
_______ message.
      a. Time-exceeded
      b. Time-stamp-request
      c. Source-quench
      d. Router-advertisement
The correct answer is b

392. Which of the following is a necessary part of the IPv6 datagram?

       a. Base header
      b. Extension header
      c. Data packet from the upper layer
      d. (a) and (c)
The correct answer is d

393. _______ is a dynamic mapping protocol in which a physical address is

found for a given IP address.
      a. RARP
      b. ICMP
      c. ARP
      d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

394. A router reads the _______ address on a packet to determine the next hop.
      a. MAC
      b. Source
      c. IP
      d. ARP
The correct answer is c

395. The target hardware address on an Ethernet is _______ in an ARP request.

      a. Variable
      b. Class-dependent
      c. 0x000000000000
      d. 0.0.0.0
The correct answer is c

396. When not all fragments of a message have been received within the
designated amount of time, a _______ error message is sent.
      a. Time-exceeded
      b. Parameter-problem
      c. Source-quench
      d. Time-stamp-request
The correct answer is a

397. A ______ can learn about network ______ by sending out a router-
solicitation packet.
      a. Router; routers
      b. Router; hosts
      c. Host; routers
      d. Host; hosts
The correct answer is c

398. Which of the following types of ICMP messages needs to be encapsulated

into an IP datagram?
       a. Time-exceeded
      b. Multicasting
      c. Echo reply
      d. All the above
The correct answer is d

399. The purpose of echo request and echo reply is to _______.

      a. Report errors
      b. Check packet lifetime
      c. Check node-to-node communication
      d. Find IP addresses
The correct answer is c

400. An ARP reply is _______ to _______.

      a. Unicast; one host
      b. Broadcast; all hosts
      c. Multicast; one host
      d. Unicast; all hosts
The correct answer is a

401. One method to alert a source host of congestion is the _______ message.
      a. Source-quench
      b. Redirection
      c. Echo-request
      d. Destination-unreachable
The correct answer is a

402. A time-exceeded message is generated if _______.

      a. The round-trip time between hosts is close to zero
      b. The time-to-live field has a zero value
      c. Fragments of a message do not arrive within a set time
      d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d

403. To determine whether a node is reachable, _______ message can be sent.

      a. An echo-request
      b. An echo-reply
      c. A redirection
      d. A source-quench
The correct answer is a

404. In IPv6, the _______ field in the base header restricts the lifetime of a
datagram.
      a. Version
      b. Hop limit
      c. Priority
       d. Next-header
The correct answer is b

405. In IPv4, what is the length of the data field given an HLEN value of 12
and total length value of 40,000?
      a. 39,952
      b. 39,988
      c. 40,012
      d. 40,048
The correct answer is a

406. A datagram is fragmented into three smaller datagrams. Which of the

following is true?
      a. The do not fragment bit is set to 1 for all three datagrams.
      b. The identification field is the same for all three datagrams.
      c. The more fragment bit is set to 0 for all three datagrams.
      d. The offset field is the same for all three datagrams.
The correct answer is b

407. Errors in the header or option fields of an IP datagram require a ______

error message.
      a. Source-quench
      b. Parameter-problem
      c. Router-solicitation
      d. Redirection
The correct answer is b

408. The cost field of a router's first table from itself always has a value of
_______.

a. Some positive integer

b. 0
c. 1
d. Infinity
The correct answer is b

409. A routing table contains _______.

a. The destination network ID
b. The hop count to reach the network
c. The router ID of the next hop
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

410. Router B receives an update from router A that indicates Net1 is two hops
away. The next update from A says Net1 is five hops away. What value is entered
in B's routing table for Net1? Assume the basic RIP is being used.
 a. 6
b. 7
c. 2
d. 3
The correct answer is a

411. If the routing table contains four new entries, how many update messages
must the router send to its one neighbor router?
a. 3
b. 4
c. 1
d. 2
The correct answer is c

412. An area border router can be connected to _______.

a. Only another router
b. Only another network
c. Only another area border router
d. Another router or another network
The correct answer is d

413. Which of the following usually has the least number of connections to
other areas?
a. A transient link
b. A stub link
c. An area
d. An autonomous system
The correct answer is b

414. _______ is used in a dense multicast environment while _______ is used

in a sparse multicast environment.
a. PIM-SM; PIM-DM
b. PIM; PIM-DM
c. PIM; PIM-SM
d. PIM-DM; PIM-SM
The correct answer is d

415. When a multicast router is not directly connected to another multicast

router, a _______ can be formed to connect the two.
a. Logical core
b. Spanning tree
c. Physical tunnel
d. Logical tunnel
The correct answer is d

416. Which type of network using the OSPF protocol can have five routers
 attached to it?
a. Transient
b. Stub
c. Point-to-point
d. All the above
The correct answer is a

417. A WAN using the OSPF protocol that connects two routers is an example
of a _______ type of OSPF network.
a. Stub
b. Point-to-point
c. Transient
d. Virtual
The correct answer is b

418. If four hosts on a network belong to the same group, a total of _______
sent in
a. One membership report is
b. Two membership reports are
c. Three membership reports are
d. Four membership reports are
The correct answer is b

419. A one-to-all communication between a source and all hosts on a network

is classified as a _______ communication.
a. Unicast
b. Multicast
c. Broadcast
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is c

420. Which type of BGP message announces a route to a new destination?

a. Update
b. Open
c. Keep-alive
d. Notification
The correct answer is a

421. Which layer produces the OSPF message?

a. Data link
b. Transport
c. Application
d. Network
The correct answer is d

422. Which of the following is an exterior routing protocol?

 a. RIP
b. OSPF
c. BGP
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is c

423. An area is _______.

a. Composed of at least two ASs
b. Another term for an internet
c. Part of an AS
d. A collection of stub areas
The correct answer is c

424. In an autonomous system with n areas, how many areas are connected to
the backbone?
a. 1
b. n
c. n – 1
d. n + 1
The correct answer is c

425. Which of the following is an interior routing protocol?

a. RIP
b. OSPF
c. BGP
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

426. OSPF is based on _______.

a. Distance vector routing
b. Path vector routing
c. Link state routing
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is c

427. BGP is based on _______.

a. Distance vector routing
b. Link state routing
c. Path vector routing
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is c

428. Which type of BGP message creates a relationship between two routers?
a. Keep-alive
b. Open
c. Update
 d. Notification
The correct answer is b

429. Which type of network using the OSPF protocol always consists of just
two connected routers?
a. Transient
b. Stub
c. Point-to-point
d. Virtual
The correct answer is c

430. Which type of network using the OSPF protocol is the result of a break in
a link between two routers?
a. Virtual
b. Point-to-point
c. Transient
d. Stub
The correct answer is a

431. Which type of BGP message is sent by a router to close a connection?

a. Open
b. Update
c. Notification
d. Keep-alive
The correct answer is c

432. An IGMP query is sent from a _______ to a _______.

a. Router; host or router
b. Host; host
c. Host; router
d. Router; router
The correct answer is a

433. Which type of BGP message is sent by a system to notify another router of
the sender's existence?
a. Keep-alive
b. Notification
c. Open
d. Update
The correct answer is a

434. An Ethernet LAN using the OSPF protocol with five attached routers can
be called a _______ network.
a. Point-to-point
b. Stub
c. Transient
 d. Virtual
The correct answer is c

435. In distance vector routing each router receives information directly from
_______.
a. Its neighbors only
b. Every router on the network
c. Every router less than two units away
d. A table stored by the network hosts
The correct answer is a

436. A system uses group-shared trees for multicasting. If there are 100 sources
and 5 groups, there is a maximum of _______ different trees.
a. 20
b. 100
c. 5
d. 500
The correct answer is c

437. _______ is a multicast routing protocol using source-based trees.

a. DVRMP
b. MOSPF
c. CBT
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

438. Pruning and grafting are strategies used in _______.

a. RPM
b. RPF
c. RPB
d. All the above
The correct answer is a

439. In distance vector routing a router sends out information _______.

a. Only when there is a change in its table
b. Only when a new host is added
c. At regularly scheduled intervals
d. Only when a new network is added
The correct answer is c

440. The _______ field of the IGMP message is all zeros in a query message.
a. Version
b. Type
c. Group address
d. Checksum
The correct answer is c
441. The _______ field of the IGMP message is 0x11 for a query message.
a. Version
b. Type
c. Checksum
d. d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

442. A one-to-many communication between a source and a specific group of

hosts is classified as a _______ communication.
a. Multicast
b. Unicast
c. Broadcast
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is a

443. A one-to-one communication between a source and one destination is

classified as a _______ communication.
a. Unicast
b. Multicast
c. Broadcast
d. d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is a

444. ________ is a multicasting application.

a. Teleconferencing
b. Distance learning
c. Information dissemination
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

445. A _______ is a data structure with nodes and edges and a hierarchical
structure.
a. Graph
b. Leaf
c. Tree
d. Root
The correct answer is c

446. A system uses source-based trees for multicasting. If there are 100 sources
and 5 groups, there is a maximum of _______ different trees.
a. 5
b. 20
c. 100
d. 500
The correct answer is d
447. In a _______ tree approach to multicasting, the combination of source and
group determines the tree.
a. Shortest-group
b. Source-based
c. Spanning-source
d. Group-shared
The correct answer is b

448. In a _______ tree approach to multicasting, the group determines the tree.
a. Group-shared
b. Spanning-source
c. Shortest-group
d. Source-based
The correct answer is a

449. _______ is a multicast routing protocol using group-shared trees.

a. DVRMP
b. MOSPF
c. CBT
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is c

450. In _______ a network can receive a multicast packet from a particular

source only through a designated parent router.
a. RPF
b. RPM
c. RPB
d. All the above
The correct answer is c

451. Dijkstra's algorithm is used to _______.

a. Create LSAs
b. Flood an internet with information
c. Create a link state database
d. Calculate the routing tables
The correct answer is d

452. A _______ message tells an upstream router to stop sending multicast

messages for a specific group through a specific router.
a. Graft
b. Prune
c. Weed
d. Plum
The correct answer is b
453. The _______ is used by a router in response to a received-leave report.
a. Special query message
b. General query message
c. Membership report
d. Leave report
The correct answer is a

454. RIP is based on _______.

a. Link state routing
b. Dijkstra's algorithm
c. Path vector routing
d. Distance vector routing
The correct answer is d

455. A _______ message tells an upstream router to start sending multicast

messages for a specific group through a specific router.
a. Weed
b. Prune
c. Plum
d. Graft
The correct answer is d

456. _______ uses multicast link state routing concepts to create source-based
trees.
a. DVMRP
b. CBT
c. BVD
d. MOSPF
The correct answer is d

457. In the _______ protocol, a multicast packet is encapsulated inside a

unicast packet with the core router as the destination.
a. DVMRP
b. CBT
c. MOSPF
d. BVD
The correct answer is b

458. The _______ is an IGMP message.

a. Query message
b. Membership report
c. Leave report
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

459. The _______ defines the client program.

 a. Well-known port number
b. Ephemeral port number
c. IP address
d. Physical address
The correct answer is b

460. The _______ timer is used in the termination phase.

a. Retransmission
b. Time-waited
c. Persistence
d. Keep-alive
The correct answer is b

461. Which is a legal port address?

a. 0
b. 513
c. 65,535
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

462. The definition of reliable delivery includes _______.

a. Error-free delivery
b. Receipt of the complete message
c. In-order delivery
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

463. Which of the following does UDP guarantee?

a. Acknowledgments to the sender
b. Flow control
c. Sequence numbers on each user datagram
d. None of the above
The correct answer is d

464. The source port address on the UDP user datagram header defines
_______.
a. The sending computer
b. The receiving computer
c. The application program on the receiving computer
d. The application program on the sending computer
The correct answer is d

465. A host can be identified by _______ while a program running on the host
can be identified by _______.
a. A port number; an IP address
b. An IP address; a port number
 c. An IP address; a host address
d. An IP address; a well-known port
The correct answer is b

466. Which of the following is not part of the UDP user datagram header?
a. Source port address
b. Checksum
c. Length of header
d. Destination port address
The correct answer is c

467. The _______ defines the server program.

a. IP address
b. Well-known port number
c. Ephemeral port number
d. Physical address
The correct answer is b

468. IP is responsible for _______ communication while TCP is responsible for

_______ communication.
a. Process-to-process; node-to-node
b. Host-to-host; process-to-process
c. Process-to-process; host-to-host
d. Node-to-node; process-to-process
The correct answer is b

469. The _______ timer is needed to handle the zero window-size

advertisement.
a. Persistence
b. Keep-alive
c. Retransmission
d. Time-waited
The correct answer is a

470. Connection establishment involves a _______ handshake.

a. Three-way
b. One-way
c. Two-way
d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

471. A special segment called a probe is sent by a sending TCP when the
_______ timer goes off.
a. Persistence
b. Transmission
c. Keep-alive
 d. Time-waited
The correct answer is a

472. The _______ address uniquely identifies a running application program.

a. IP address
b. NIC
c. Socket
d. Host
The correct answer is c

473. The _______ field is used to order packets of a message.

a. Sequence number
b. Acknowledgment number
c. Urgent pointer
d. Checksum
The correct answer is a

474. The _______ field is used for error detection.

a. Sequence number
b. Acknowledgment number
c. Urgent pointer
d. Checksum
The correct answer is d

475. Multiply the header length field by _______ to find the total number of
bytes in the TCP header.
a. 4
b. 6
c. 8
d. 2
The correct answer is a

476. Urgent data require the urgent pointer field as well as the URG bit in the
______ field.
a. Sequence number
b. Control
c. Offset
d. Reserved
The correct answer is b

477. In ______, data are sent or processed at a very inefficient rate, such as 1
byte at a time.
a. Silly window syndrome
b. Sliding window syndrome
c. Nagle's syndrome
d. Delayed acknowledgment
 The correct answer is a

478. The _______ timer keeps track of the time between the sending of a
segment and the receipt of an acknowledgment.
a. Time-waited
b. Retransmission
c. Persistence
d. Keep-alive
The correct answer is b

479. To prevent silly window syndrome created by a receiver that processes

data at a very slow rate, _______ can be used.
a. Clark's solution
b. Nagle's algorithm
c. Delayed acknowledgment
d. (a) or (c)
The correct answer is d

480. To prevent silly window syndrome created by a sender that sends data at a
very slow rate, _______ can be used.
a. Nagle's algorithm
b. Clark's solution
c. Delayed acknowledgment
d. (a) or (c)
The correct answer is a

481. An ACK number of 1000 always means that _______.

a. 999 bytes has been successfully received
b. 1000 bytes has been successfully received
c. 1001 bytes has been successfully received
d. None of the above
The correct answer is d

482. The _______ timer prevents a long idle connection between two TCPs.
a. Keep-alive
b. Time-waited
c. Retransmission
d. Persistence
The correct answer is a

483. UDP and TCP are both _______ layer protocols.

a. Physical
b. Data link
c. Network
d. Transport
The correct answer is d
484. Which of the following functions does UDP perform?
a. End-to-end reliable data delivery
b. Process-to-process communication
c. Host-to-host communication
d. All the above
The correct answer is b

485. UDP needs the _______ address to deliver the user datagram to the correct
application program.
a. Application
b. Internet
c. Physical
d. Port
The correct answer is d

486. Karn's algorithm is used in calculations by the _______ timer.

a. a. Time-waited
b. Retransmission
c. Persistence
d. Keep-alive
The correct answer is b
487. Slow start is used in conjunction with _______ as a TCP congestion
control strategy.
a. Multiplicative increase
b. Multiplicative decrease
c. Additive increase
d. Additive decrease
The correct answer is c

488. The maximum length of time that traffic is generated at the peak rate is
called the _______.
a. Effective bandwidth
b. Average data rate
c. Maximum burst size
d. Constant bit rate
The correct answer is c

489. For a system using TCP, the sender window size is determined by the
_______ window size.
a. Receiver
b. Sender
c. Congestion
d. (a) and (c)
The correct answer is d
490. _______ traffic features sudden data rate changes in very short periods of
time.
a. Constant-bit-rate
b. Bursty
c. Variable-bit-rate
d. Peak-bit-rate
The correct answer is b

491. When the load is greater than the capacity, the delay _______.
a. Decreases
b. Goes to infinity
c. Increases linearly
d. Goes to zero
The correct answer is b

492. _______ is a closed-loop mechanism to alleviate congestion.

a. A choke point
b. Implicit signaling
c. Explicit signaling
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

493. The FECN informs the _________ of congestion while the BECN informs
the _______ of congestion.
a. Sender; destination
b. Interface; sender
c. Destination; interface
d. Destination; sender
The correct answer is d

494. The _______ is the maximum data rate of the traffic.

a. Average data rate
b. Maximum burst size
c. Effective bandwidth
d. Peak data rate
The correct answer is d

495. _______ is a flow characteristic in which the delay varies for packets
belonging to the same flow.
a. Choke point
b. Additive increase
c. Jitter
d. Throughput
The correct answer is b
496. In _______ queuing the first packet into the queue is the first packet out of
the queue.
a. Priority
b. Weighted fair
c. FIFO
d. LIFO
The correct answer is c

497. In Frame Relay the transmission rate can never exceed _______.
a. Bc
b. The access rate
c. Be
d. CIR
The correct answer is b

498. _______ measures the variation in cell transmission time.

a. SCR
b. CVDT
c. PCR
d. MCR
The correct answer is b

499. If the SCR is 60,000, the PCR is 70,000, and the MCR is 55,000, what is
the minimum number of cells that can be sent per second?
a. 60,000
b. 70,000
c. 55,000
d. 5000
The correct answer is c

500. The _______ traffic shaping method gives a host credit for its idle time.
a. Leaky bucket
b. Traffic bucket
c. Token bucket
d. Bursty bucket
The correct answer is c

501. A flow-based QoS model designed for IP is called _______.

a. RSVP
b. Integrated Services
c. Differentiated Services
d. Multicast trees
The correct answer is b

502. A signaling protocol that helps IP create a flow is called _______.

a. RSVP
 b. Integrated Services
c. Differentiated Services
d. Multicast trees
The correct answer is a

503. RSVP uses _______ messages.

a. Path
b. Resv
c. Resource
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

504. In an RSVP reservation style called _______ filter, the router creates a
single reservation that can be shared by a set of flows.
a. Fixed
b. Shared explicit
c. Wild card
d. All the above
The correct answer is b

505. Differentiated Services was designed to handle the _______ problem

associated with Integrated Services.
a. Stability
b. Reservation
c. Scalability
d. All the above
The correct answer is c

506. A _______ is a Differentiated Services traffic conditioner.

a. Meter
b. Marker
c. Shaper
The correct answer is c

507. What is the relationship between the access rate and the CIR?
a. CIR plus Be is equal to the access rate.
b. CIR is always equal to the access rate.
c. CIR is greater than the access rate.
d. CIR is less than the access rate.
The correct answer is d

508. If the maximum CTD is 10 µs and the minimum CTD is 1 µs, the _______
is 9 µs.
a. CDV
b. CLR
c. CTD
 d. CER
The correct answer is a

509. A Frame Relay network is committed to transfer _______ bps without

discarding any frames.
a. Be
b. Bc
c. CIR
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is b

510. The effective bandwidth is based on _______.

a. Average data rate
b. Peak data rate
c. Maximum burst size
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

511. The cell _______ is the difference between the CTD maximum and
minimum.
a. Delay variation
b. Error ratio
c. Loss ratio
d. Transfer delay
The correct answer is a

512. The cell _______ is the ratio of lost cells to cells sent.
a. Delay variation
b. Error ratio
c. Loss ratio
d. Transfer delay
The correct answer is c

513. The _______ service class is particularly suitable for applications with
bursty data.
a. CBR
b. ABR
c. VBR
d. UBR
The correct answer is b

514. The _________ service class is suitable for customers who need real-time
video transmission without compression.
a. ABR
b. CBR
c. VBR
 d. UBR
The correct answer is b

515. The _______ is greater than the SCR.

a. MCR
b. CVDT
c. PCR
d. All the above
The correct answer is c

516. The _______ is the fraction of the cells delivered in error.

a. CLR
b. CER
c. CTD
d. CDV
The correct answer is b

517. When added to Be, Bc should be less than the _______.

a. CIR
b. Committed burst size
c. Access rate
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is c

518. A connectionless iterative server uses _______ ports.

a. Well-known
b. Ephemeral
c. Active
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is a

519. The _______ socket is used with a protocol that directly uses the services
of IP.
a. Raw
b. Stream
c. Datagram
d. Remote
The correct answer is a

520. A _______ server serves multiple clients, handling one request at a time.
a. Connectionless iterative
b. Connectionless concurrent
c. Connection-oriented iterative
d. Connection-oriented concurrent
The correct answer is a
521. A client issues _______ when it needs service from a server.
a. An active request
b. A finite open
c. An active open
d. A passive open
The correct answer is c

522. A _______ server serves multiple clients simultaneously.

a. Connectionless iterative
b. Connectionless concurrent
c. Connection-oriented iterative
d. Connection-oriented concurrent
The correct answer is d

523. The server program is _______ because it is always available, waiting for
a client request.
a. Finite
b. Infinite
c. Active
d. Passive
The correct answer is b

524. A connection-oriented concurrent server uses _______ ports.

a. Well-known
b. Ephemeral
c. Active
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

525. Machine A requests service X from machine B. Machine B requests

service Y from machine A. What is the total number of application programs
required?
a. One
b. Two
c. Three
d. Four
The correct answer is d

526. A server program, once it issues _______, waits for clients to request its
service.
a. An active request
b. A finite open
c. An active open
d. A passive open
The correct answer is d
527. _______ can request a service.
a. A socket interface
b. A client
c. A port
d. A server
The correct answer is b

528. _______ can provide a service.

a. An iterative server
b. A concurrent server
c. A client
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

529. The client program is _______ because it terminates after it has been
served.
a. Finite
b. Infinite
c. Active
d. Passive
The correct answer is a

530. _______ processes requests one at a time.

a. An iterative server
b. A concurrent client
c. An iterative client
d. A concurrent server
The correct answer is a

531. The _______ socket is used with a connectionless protocol.

a. Raw
b. Stream
c. Datagram
d. Remote
The correct answer is c

532. _______ processes many requests simultaneously.

a. An iterative server
b. A concurrent client
c. An iterative client
d. A concurrent server
The correct answer is d

533. In a connection-oriented concurrent server, the _______ is used for

connection only.
a. Well-known port
 b. Infinite port
c. Ephemeral port
d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is a

534. A _______ is an instance of a _______.

a. Program; process
b. Process; program
c. Process; service
d. Structure; process
The correct answer is b

535. The _______ socket is used with a connection-oriented protocol.

a. Raw
b. Stream
c. Datagram
d. Remote
The correct answer is b

536. In the string 219.46.123.107.in-addr.arpa, what is the network address of

the host we are looking for?
a. 107.123.46.0
b. 107.0.0.0
c. 219.46.123.0
d. 107.123.0.0
The correct answer is b

537. In _______ resolution the client is in direct contact with at most one
server.
a. A cache
b. A recursive
c. An iterative
d. All the above
The correct answer is b

538. In address-to-name resolution the _______ domain is used.

a. Reverse
b. Generic
c. Country
d. Inverse
The correct answer is d

539. How is the lifetime of a name-to-address resolution in cache memory

controlled?
a. By the time-to-live field set by the server
b. By the time-to-live counter set by the server
 c. By the time-to-live field set by the authoritative server
d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d

540. A DNS response is classified as ______ if the information comes from a

cache memory.
a. Authoritative
b. Recursive
c. Unauthoritative
d. Iterative
The correct answer is c

541. A host with the domain name pit.arc.nasa.gov. is on the _______ level of
the DNS hierarchical tree. (The root is level 1.)
a. Fourth
b. Fifth
c. Third
d. Not enough information given
The correct answer is b

542. A DNS _______ server's zone is the entire DNS tree.

a. Secondary
b. Root
c. Primary
d. All the above
The correct answer is b

543. To find the IP address of a host when the domain name is known, the
_______ can be used.
a. Inverse domain
b. Generic domains
c. Country domains
d. (b) or (c)
The correct answer is a

544. A DNS _______ server gets its data from another DNS server.
a. Root
b. Primary
c. Secondary
d. All the above
The correct answer is c

545. A DNS _______ server creates, maintains, and updates the zone file.
a. Root
b. Primary
c. Secondary
 d. All the above
The correct answer is b

546. A host with the domain name trinity.blue.vers.inc is on the _______ level
of the DNS hierarchical tree. (The root is level 1.)
a. Fourth
b. Fifth
c. Third
d. Not enough information given
The correct answer is d

547. In the domain name chal.atc.fhda.edu, _______ is the least specific label.
a. fhda
b. edu
c. chal
d. atc
The correct answer is b

548. In the domain name chal.atc.fhda.edu, _______ is the most specific label.
a. Fhda
b. chal
c. atc
d. edu
The correct answer is b

549. In _______ resolution the client could directly contact more than one
server.
a. An iterative
b. A cache
c. A recursive
d. All the above
The correct answer is a

550. Which of the following domain names would most likely use a country
domain to resolve its IP address?
a. chal.atac.fhda.edu
b. kenz.acct.sony.jp
c. gsfc.nasa.gov
d. mac.eng.sony.com
The correct answer is b

551. A resolver is the _______.

a. Host machine
b. DNS client
c. DNS server
d. Root server
 The correct answer is b

552. Which of the following is true?

a. FTP allows systems with different directory structures to transfer files.
b. FTP allows a system using ASCII and a system using EBCDIC to transfer
files.
c. FTP allows a PC and a SUN workstation to transfer files.
d. All the above are true.
The correct answer is d

553. An email contains a textual birthday greeting, a picture of a cake, and a

song. The text must precede the image. What is the content-type?
a. Multipart/parallel
b. Multipart/digest
c. Multipart/alternative
d. Multipart/mixed
The correct answer is d

554. During an FTP session the control connection is opened _______.

a. As many times as necessary
b. Exactly once
c. Exactly twice
d. All the above
The correct answer is b
555. The purpose of the MTA is _______.
a. Transferral of messages across the Internet
b. Message preparation
c. Envelope creation
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is a

556. In anonymous FTP, the user can usually _______.

a. Store files
b. Retrieve files
c. Navigate through directories
d. Do all the above
The correct answer is b

557. Which part of the mail created by the UA contains the sender and receiver
names?
a. Header
b. Body
c. Envelope
d. Address
The correct answer is a
558. In the email address [email protected], what is the domain
name?
a. mackenzie
b. [email protected]
c. pit.arc.nasa.gov
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is c

559. The _______ field in the MIME header uses text to describe the data in the
body of the message.
a. Content-transfer-encoding
b. Content-Id
c. Content-type
d. Content-description
The correct answer is b

560. The _______ field in the MIME header describes the method used to
encode the data.
a. Content-Id
b. Content-description
c. Content-type
d. Content-transfer-encoding
The correct answer is d

561. The _______ field in the MIME header has type and subtype subfields.
a. Content-transfer-encoding
b. Content-type
c. Content-Id
d. Content-description
The correct answer is b

562. A JPEG image is sent as email. What is the content-type?

a. Multipart/mixed
b. Multipart/image
c. Image/basic
d. Image/JPEG
The correct answer is d

563. The purpose of the UA is _______.

a. Message preparation
b. Envelope creation
c. Transferral of messages across the Internet
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

564. The _______ field in the MIME header is the type of data and the body of
 the message.
a. Content-Id
b. Content-description
c. Content-type
d. Content-transfer-encoding
The correct answer is c

565. A message is fragmented into three email messages. What is the content-
type?
a. Message/partial
b. Multipart/partial
c. Multipart/mixed
d. Message/RFC822
The correct answer is a

566. A client machine usually needs _______ to send email.

a. Only POP
b. Both SMTP and POP
c. Only SMTP
d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

567. In FTP, what attributes must be defined by the client prior to

transmission?
a. Data type
b. File structure
c. Transmission mode
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

568. In FTP, there are three types of _______: stream, block, and compressed.
a. Data structures
b. Transmission modes
c. Files
d. All the above
The correct answer is b

569. In FTP, ASCII, EBCDIC, and image define an attribute called _______.
a. Data structure
b. Transmission mode
c. File type
d. All the above
The correct answer is c

570. In FTP, when you _______, it is copied from the server to the client.
a. Retrieve a file
 b. Store a file
c. Retrieve a list
d. (a) and (c)
The correct answer is d

571. In FTP, when you _______, it is copied from the client to the server.
a. Retrieve a file
b. Store a file
c. Retrieve a list
d. (a) and (c)
The correct answer is b

572. An email contains a textual birthday greeting, a picture of a cake, and a

song. The order is not important. What is the content-type?
a. Multipart/digest
b. Multipart/alternative
c. Multipart/mixed
d. Multipart/parallel
The correct answer is d

573. During an FTP session the data connection is opened _______.

a. Exactly once
b. Exactly twice
c. As many times as necessary
d. All the above
The correct answer is c

574. Which of the following is a retrieval method?

a. HTTP
b. FTP
c. TELNET
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

575. A request message always contains _______.

a. A status line, a header, and a body
b. A status line and a header
c. A header and a body
d. A request line and a header
The correct answer is d

576. Which of the following is present in both a request line and a status line?
a. URL
b. Status code
c. HTTP version number
d. Status phrase
 The correct answer is c

577. Which of the following is not a client program in WWW?

a. FTP
b. HTTP
c. HTML
d. TELNET
The correct answer is c

578. A user wants to replace a document with a newer version; the request line
contains the _______ method.
a. PUT
b. GET
c. POST
d. COPY
The correct answer is a

579. The _______ header can specify the client configuration and the client's
preferred document format.
a. Request
b. Response
c. General
d. Entity
The correct answer is a

580. The _______ tags enclose binary code or byte code.

a. Executable contents
b. Image
c. List
d. Hyperlink
The correct answer is a

581. Which type of Web document is run at the client site?

a. Dynamic
b. Active
c. Static
d. All the above
The correct answer is b

582. HTTP has similarities to both _______ and _______.

a. FTP; MTV
b. FTP; URL
c. FTP; SNMP
d. FTP; SMTP
The correct answer is d
583. A user needs to send the server some information. The request line method
is ______.
a. OPTION
b. POST
c. PATCH
d. MOVE
The correct answer is b

584. A response message always contains _______.

a. A header and a body
b. A status line, a header, and a body
c. A request line and a header
d. A status line and a header
The correct answer is c

585. The _______ header supplies information about the body of a document.
a. General
b. Request
c. Entity
d. Response
The correct answer is c

586. The _______ header can specify the server configuration or provide
information about a request.
a. General
b. Request
c. Response
d. Entity
The correct answer is c

587. Hypertext documents are linked through _______.

a. TELNET
b. Pointers
c. DNS
d. Homepages
The correct answer is b

588. Which of the following is an interpreter?

a. CGI
b. FTP
c. HTTP
d. HTML
The correct answer is d

589. What are the components of a browser?

a. Controller, client program, interpreter
 b. Retrieval method, host computer, path name
c. Hypertext, hypermedia, HTML
d. All the above
The correct answer is a

590. A user needs to retrieve a document from the server; the request line
contains the _______ method.
a. GET
b. HEAD
c. POST
d. PUT
The correct answer is a

591. Which type of Web document is fixed-content and is created and stored at
the server site?
a. Dynamic
b. Active
c. Static
d. All the above
The correct answer is c

592. The _______ of a Web page contains the title and parameters used by the
browser.
a. Attributes
b. Tags
c. Head
d. Body
The correct answer is c

593. Which type of Web document is created at the server site only when
requested by a client?
a. Active
b. Static
c. Dynamic
d. All the above
The correct answer is c

594. In < IMG SRC="Pictures/book1.gif" ALIGN=middle> ALIGN is

_______.
a. The head
b. The body
c. A tag
d. An attribute
The correct answer is d

595. A user wants to copy a file to another location; the request line contains
 the _______ method.
a. PUT
b. PATCH
c. COPY
d. POST
The correct answer is c

596. What does the URL need to access a document?

a. Path name
b. Host computer
c. Retrieval method
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

597. Which type of Web document is transported from the server to the client
in binary form?
a. Active
b. Static
c. Dynamic
d. All the above
The correct answer is a

598. An ending tag is usually of the form _______

a. <tagname>
b. <tagname!>
c. </tagname>
The correct answer is c

599. An applet is a small application program written in _______

a. Shell script
b. Java
c. C
d. C++
The correct answer is b

600. Stock quotations are posted on the Web. This is probably a(n) _______
document.
a. Passive
b. Dynamic
c. Active
d. Static
The correct answer is b

601. Updates for a satellite's coordinates can be obtained on the WWW. This is
probably a(n) _______ document.
a. Passive
 b. Dynamic
c. Active
d. Static
The correct answer is b

602. A user needs to move a file to another location. The request line method is
_______.
a. PATCH
b. MOVE
c. PUT
d. GET
The correct answer is b

603. Which category of HTML tags allows the listing of documents?

a. Image
b. Hyperlink
c. List
d. Executable contents
The correct answer is c

604. A program can use _______ to write a CGI program.

a. Bourne shell script
b. Perl
c. C
d. Any of the above
The correct answer is d

605. An unemployed actor has posted his resume on the Web. This is probably
a(n) _______ document.
a. Passive
b. Dynamic
c. Active
d. Static
The correct answer is d

606. The server receives input from a browser through _______.

a. An attribute
b. A form
c. A tag
d. Any of the above
The correct answer is b

607. Output from a CGI program is _______.

a. Text
b. Graphics
c. Binary data
 d. Any of the above
The correct answer is d

608. _______ is used to enable the use of active documents.

a. CGI
b. Java
c. HTML
d. All the above
The correct answer is c

609. Java is _______.

a. A programming language
b. A run-time environment
c. A class library
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

610. An applet is _______ document application program.

a. An active
b. A passive
c. A static
d. A dynamic
The correct answer is a

611. In a real-time video conference, data from the server are _______ to the
client sites.
a. Unicast
b. Broadcast
c. Multicast
d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

612. A _______ adds signals from different sources to create a single signal.
a. Mixer
b. Translator
c. Timestamp
d. Sequence number
The correct answer is a

613. The RTCP _______ message shuts down a stream.

a. Application-specific
b. Source description
c. Bye
d. Farewell
The correct answer is c
614. A standard that allows a telephone (connected to a public telephone
network) to talk to a computer connected to the Internet is _______.
a. SIP
b. H.323
c. IEEE 802.3
d. V.90bis
The correct answer is b

615. A _______ changes the format of a high-bandwidth video signal to a

lower-quality narrow-bandwidth signal.
a. Timestamp
b. Sequence number
c. Mixer
d. Translator
The correct answer is d

616. An RTP packet is encapsulated in a(n) _______.

a. IP datagram
b. RTCP packet
c. UDP user datagram
d. TCP segment
The correct answer is c

617. The last step in JPEG, _______, removes redundancies.

a. Blocking
b. Compression
c. Quantization
d. Vectorization
The correct answer is b

618. A _______ shows when a packet was produced relative to the first or
previous packet.
a. Sequence number
b. Threshold
c. Timestamp
d. Playback buffer
The correct answer is c

619. _______ is a protocol to set up and terminate a connection between a

computer on the Internet and a telephone (connected to a public telephone
network).
a. H.245
b. H.225
c. H.323
d. Q.931
The correct answer is d
620. TCP is not suitable for real-time traffic because _______.
a. There is no provision for timestamping
b. There is no support for multicasting
c. Missing packets are retransmitted
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

621. JPEG encoding involves _______, a process that reveals the redundancies
in a block.
a. Quantization
b. Vectorization
c. Blocking
d. The DCT
The correct answer is d

622. The RTCP _______ report informs the sender and other receivers about
the quality of service.
a. Sender
b. QoS
c. Receiver
d. Passive
The correct answer is c

623. _______ is an application layer protocol that establishes, maintains, and

terminates a multimedia session.
a. DCT
b. SIP
c. RTCP
d. JPEG
The correct answer is b

624. For streaming stored audio/video, the _______ holds information about
the audio video file.
a. Jitter
b. Alpha file
c. Beta file
d. Metafile
The correct answer is d

625. _______ is a control protocol that adds functionalities to the streaming

process.
a. TCP/IP
b. RTSP
c. HTTP
d. SIP
 The correct answer is b

626. The audio/video stream is sent by the media server to the _______.
a. Media player
b. Browser
c. Web server
d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

627. Voice over IP is a(n) ________ audio/video application.

a. Interactive
b. Streaming stored
c. Streaming live
d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

628. _______ is a SIP message type.

a. INVITE
b. CANCEL
c. OPTIONS
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

629. A _______ is involved in an SIP mechanism to find the IP address of a

callee.
a. Proxy server
b. Registrar server
c. Media server
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

630. _______ are used to number the packets of a real-time transmission.

a. Translators
b. Timestamps
c. Playback buffers
d. Sequence numbers
The correct answer is d

631. In the _______ the encryption of each 8-byte block is independent of the
others.
a. CVF
b. CSM
c. ECB mode
d. CBC mode
The correct answer is c
632. In the public-key method of cryptography, which key is publicly known?
a. Encryption key only
b. Decryption key only
c. Both
d. None of the above
The correct answer is a

633. A cipher is _______.

a. An encryption algorithm
b. A decryption algorithm
c. A private key
d. (a) or (b)
The correct answer is d

634. Before a message is encrypted, it is called _______.

a. Ciphertext
b. Cryptotext
c. Cryptonite
d. Plaintext
The correct answer is d

635. If 20 people need to communicate using symmetric-key cryptography,

_______ symmetric keys are needed.
a. 190
b. 200
c. 19
d. 20
The correct answer is a

636. The _______ is an example of polyalphabetic substitution.

a. P-box
b. Vigenere cipher
c. S-box
d. Product block
The correct answer is b

637. In the symmetric-key method of cryptography, which key is publicly

known?
a. Encryption key only
b. Decryption key only
c. Both
d. None of the above
The correct answer is d

638. The RSA algorithm uses a _______ cryptography method.

a. Private-key
 b. Symmetric-key
c. Denominational
d. Public-key
The correct answer is d

639. The _______ is a block cipher.

a. P-box
b. S-box
c. Product block
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

640. We use an cryptography method in which the plaintext AAAAAA

becomes the ciphertext BCDEFG. This is probably _______.
a. Monoalphabetic substitution
b. Transposition
c. Polyalphabetic substitution
d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

641. One way to encrypt and decrypt long messages is through the use of the
_______.
a. ECB mode
b. CBC mode
c. CFM
d. All the above
The correct answer is d

642. An initialization vector is needed in the _______.

a. CSM
b. CBC mode
c. CVF
d. (a) and (b)
The correct answer is d

643. In the public-key method of cryptography, only the receiver has

possession of the _______.
a. Public key
b. Both keys
c. Private key
d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

644. After a message is decrypted, it is called _______.

a. Ciphertext
b. Cryptotext
 c. Cryptonite
d. Plaintext
The correct answer is d

645. We use a cryptography method in which the character Z always substitutes

for the character G. This is probably _______.
a. Polyalphabetic substitution
b. Transpositional
c. Monoalphabetic substitution
d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

646. A protocol called _______ describes the certificate issued by a CA in a

structural way.
a. KDC
b. X.509
c. CA level 1
d. Kerberos
The correct answer is b

647. Windows 2000 uses an authentication protocol called _______.

a. Otway-Rees
b. Kerberos
c. Diffie-Hellman
d. Needham-Schroeder
The correct answer is b

648. In the digital signature technique, the sender of the message uses _______
to create ciphertext.
a. His or her own public key
b. His or her own private key
c. His or her own symmetric key
d. The receiver's private key
The correct answer is b

649. A _______ is a trusted third party that solves the problem of symmetric-
key distribution.
a. TLS
b. Firewall
c. CA
d. KDC
The correct answer is d

650. In a _______ attack, a message captured by an intruder is illegally sent a

second time.
a. Return
 b. Replay
c. Man-in-the-middle
d. Bucket brigade
The correct answer is b

651. In the _______ protocol, a nonce is decremented by 1 so that an intruder

cannot send the exact same message a second time.
a. Needham-Schroeder
b. Diffie-Hellman
c. Otway-Rees
d. Kerberos
The correct answer is a

652. If user A wants to send an encrypted message to user B, the plaintext is

encrypted with the public key of _______.
a. The network
b. User A
c. User B
d. (a) or (b)
The correct answer is c

653. When symmetric-key encryption is combined with private-key encryption,

the _______ key is encrypted with the public key.
a. Skeleton
b. Private
c. Public
d. Symmetric
The correct answer is d

654. The _______ issues tickets for the real server.

a. Real server
b. Data server
c. AS
d. TGS
The correct answer is c

655. In _______-key cryptography, everyone has access to all the public keys.
a. Private
b. Certified
c. Symmetric
d. Public
The correct answer is c

656. In the digital signature technique, the receiver of the message uses
_______ to create plaintext.
a. The sender's public key
 b. Her or his own symmetric key
c. Her or his own private key
d. Her or his own public key
The correct answer is a

657. A _______ is a large number used only once that helps distinguish a fresh
authentication request from a repeated one.
a. Ticket
b. Realm
c. Nonce
d. Public key
The correct answer is c

658. A _______ certifies the binding between a public key and its owner.
a. KDC
b. TLS
c. CA
d. Firewall
The correct answer is c

659. In an authentication using symmetric keys, if 10 people need to

communicate, we need _______ keys.
a. 90
b. 10
c. 20
d. 45
The correct answer is d

660. In the _______ protocol, the symmetric key is K = G^xy mod

N, where G and N are public numbers.
a. Needham-Schroeder
b. Otway-Rees
c. Diffie-Hellman
d. Kerberos
The correct answer is c

661. In a _______ attack, an intruder comes between two communicating

parties intercepting and replying to their messages.
a. Bucket-in-the-middle
b. Replay
c. Return
d. Man-in-the-middle
The correct answer is d

662. A _______ is a trusted third party that establishes a symmetric key

between two parties who wish to communicate.
 a. PKI
b. TGS
c. KDC
d. CA
The correct answer is c

663. _______ is an authentication protocol that needs an authentication server

and a ticket-granting server.
a. Needham-Schroeder
b. Diffie-Hellman
c. Otway-Rees
d. Kerberos
The correct answer is d

664. The _______ is the KDC in the Kerberos protocol.

a. Real server
b. Data server
c. AS
d. TGS
The correct answer is c

665. The _______ field in the authentication header and the ESP header define
the security method used in creating the authentication data.
a. Authentication data
b. SPI
c. Padding
d. Sequence number
The correct answer is b

666. Tunneling is a technique in which the IP datagram is first _______ and

then _______.
a. Encapsulated in another datagram; encrypted
b. Encrypted; encapsulated in another datagram
c. Authenticated; encrypted
d. Encrypted; authenticated
The correct answer is b

667. _______ is an IP layer security protocol that only provides integrity and
authentication.
a. PGP
b. ESP
c. IPSec
d. AH
The correct answer is d

668. An _______ is a private network with no external access that uses the
 TCP/IP suite.
a. Internet
b. Intranet
c. internet
d. Extranet
The correct answer is b

669. IPSec requires a logical connection between two hosts using a signaling
protocol called _______.
a. PGP
b. TLS
c. AH
d. SA
The correct answer is d

670. An _______ is a private network with limited external access that uses the
TCP/IP suite.
a. Intranet
b. Extranet
c. Internet
d. internet
The correct answer is b

671. The handshake protocol and data exchange protocol are part of _______.
a. TLS
b. CA
c. KDC
d. SSH
The correct answer is a

672. _______ is a collection of protocols that provide security at the IP layer

level.
a. TLS
b. SSH
c. IPSec
d. PGP
The correct answer is c

673. A method to provide for the secure transport of email is called _______.
a. TLS
b. PGP
c. SA
d. IPSec
The correct answer is b

674. A VPN uses _______ to guarantee privacy.

 a. IPSec
b. Tunneling
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of the above
The correct answer is c

675. A _______ can forward or block messages based on the information in the
message itself.
a. Message digest
b. Proxy firewall
c. Packet-filter firewall
d. Private key
The correct answer is b

676. _______ is an IP layer security protocol that provides privacy as well as

integrity and authentication.
a. AH
b. PGP
c. IPSec
d. ESP
The correct answer is d

677. _______ is a transport layer security protocol.

a. PGP
b. IPSec
c. TLS
d. AH
The correct answer is c

678. An IP datagram carries an authentication header if the _______ field of the

IP header has a value of 51.
a. Protocol
b. Security parameter index
c. Sequence number
d. Next-header
The correct answer is a

679. A _______ network is totally isolated from the global Internet.

a. Private
b. Hybrid
c. Virtual private
d. Any of the above
The correct answer is a

680. A _______ network can use a leased line for intraorganization

communication and the Internet for interorganization communication.
 a. Private
b. Hybrid
c. Virtual private
d. Any of the above
The correct answer is b

681. In a VPN, _______ encrypted.

a. The inner datagram is
b. Neither the inner nor the outer datagram is
c. The outer datagram is
d. Both inner and outer datagrams are
The correct answer is d

682. A _______ can forward or block packets based on the information in the
network layer and transport layer headers.
a. Proxy firewall
b. Message digest
c. Packet-filter firewall
d. Private key
The correct answer is c

Top

QUIZ
CS 601 DATA COMMUNICATION

The process to send control information in the information field of I-Frame along with data is called _____________
Select correct option:

Acknowledgment management

Piggy Forwarding

AckTrick

Piggybacking

Synchronous protocols are _____________ than Asynchronous protocols.

Select correct option:
 low speed

Efficient

bad

None of the above

The application layer of TCP/IP suite is Equivalent of _________ layers of OSI model.
Select correct option:

Application, Presentation and Transport

Application, Session and Transport

Application, Presentation and Session

None of above

RARP stands for Reverse Address Resolution Protocol.

Select correct option:

True

False

FDDI, TTRT stands for _____________

Select correct option:

Target To Rotation Time

Target Token Rotation Time

Tier Target Rotation Time

None of the above

The DSAP and SSAP are addresses used by _________ to identify the protocol stacks
Select correct option:

Network
 MAC

LLC

All of above

In token ring one disabled or disconnected node will not affect the traffic flow around the entire network any how.
Select correct option:

True

False

Repeater is ___________ layer Device.

Select correct option:

Network

Physical

Data Link

None of above

In FDDI timers, THT are ________

Select correct option:

Decrementing

Incrementing

Dynamic

None of the above

Router is __________ Device.

Select correct option:

Layer one .

Intelligent.
 Unintelligent.

None of above.

Top

Network Layer Chapters

1: An IPv4 address consists of _______ bits.
a. 4 b. 8 c. 32 d. 64
The correct answer is c
2: In IPv4, class _______ has the greatest number of addresses in each block.
a. A b. B c. C d. D
The correct answer is a
3: Identify the class of the following IPv4 address: 4.5.6.7.
a. A b. B c. C d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
4: Identify the class of the following IPv4 address: 229.1.2.3.
a. A b. B c. D d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
5: Identify the class of the following IPv4 address: 191.1.2.3.
a. A b. B c. C d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
6: What is the result of ANDing 255 and 15?
a. 255 b. 15 c. 0 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
7: What is the result of ANDing 0 and 15?
a. 255 b. 15 c. 0 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
8: What is the result of ANDing 254 and 15?
a. 254 b. 14 c. 0 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
9: What is the result of ANDing 192 and 65?
a. 192 b. 65 c. 64 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
10: Which one is not a contiguous mask?
a. 255.255.255.254 b. 255.255.224.0 c. 255.148.0.0 d. all are
The correct answer is c
11: The number of addresses in a class C block is _______.
a. 65,534 b. 16,777,216 c. 256 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
12: The number of addresses in a class B block is _______.
a. 65,536 b. 16,777,216 c. 256 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
13: The number of addresses in a class A block is _______.
a. 65,534 b. 16,777,216 c. 256 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
14: The number of addresses assigned to an organization in classless addressing _______.
a. can be any number b. must be a multiple of 256
c. must be a power of 2 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
15: The first address assigned to an organization in classless addressing _______.
a. must be a power of 4 b. must be evenly divisible by the number of addresses
c. must belong to one of the A, B, or C classes d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
16: Which address could be the beginning address of a block of 32 classless addresses?
a. 2.4.6.5 b. 2.4.6.16 c. 2.4.6.64 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
17: Which address could be the beginning address of a block of 16 classless addresses?
a. 2.4.6.5 b. 2.4.6.15 c. 2.4.6.62 d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
18: Which address could be the beginning address of a block of 256 classless addresses?
a. 2.4.6.5 b. 2.4.6.15 c. 2.4.6.0 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
19: What is the first address of a block of classless addresses if one of the addresses is
12.2.2.76/27?
a. 12.2.2.0 b. 12.2.2.32 c. 12.2.2.64 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
20: What is the first address of a block of classless addresses if one of the addresses is
12.2.2.76/10?
a. 12.0.0.0 b. 12.2.0.0 c. 12.2.2.2 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
21: What is the first address of a block of classless addresses if one of the addresses is
12.2.2.127/28?
a. 12.2.2.0 b. 12.2.2.96 c. 12.2.2.112 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
22: Find the number of addresses in a block of classless addresses if one of the addresses is
12.2.2.7/24.
a. 32 b. 64 c. 256 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
23: Find the number of addresses in a block of classless addresses if one of the addresses is
12.2.2.7/30.
a. 2 b. 4 c. 8 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
24: What is the last address of a block of classless addresses if one of the addresses is
12.2.2.127/28?
a. 12.2.2.16 b. 12.2.2.112 c. 12.2.2.127 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
25: What is the last address of a block of classless addresses if one of the addresses is
12.2.2.6/30?
a. 12.2.2.2 b. 12.2.2.6 c. 12.2.2.7 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
26: An organization is granted a block; one address is 2.2.2.64/20. The organization needs 10
subnets. What is the subnet prefix length?
a. /20 b. /24 c. /25 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
27: An organization is granted a block; one address is 2.2.2.64/25. If the subnet prefix length is
/28, what is the maximum number of subnets?
a. 2 b. 4 c. 8 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
28: An organization is granted a block of classless addresses with the starting address
199.34.76.64/28. How many addresses are granted?
a. 8 b. 16 c. 32 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
29: An organization is granted a block of classless addresses with the starting address
199.34.76.128/29. How many addresses are granted?
a. 8 b. 16 c. 32 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
30: An organization is granted a block of classless addresses with the starting address
199.34.32.0/27. How many addresses are granted?
a. 8 b. 16 c. 32 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
31: What is the default mask for class A in CIDR notation?
a. /9 b. /8 c. /16 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
32: What is the default mask for class B in CIDR notation?
a. /9 b. /8 c. /16 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
33: What is the default mask for class C in CIDR notation?
a. /24 b. /8 c. /16 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
34: In classless addressing, the ______ is another name for the common part of the address
range.
a. suffix b. prefix c. netid d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
35: In classless addressing, the _______ is the varying part (similar to the hostid).
a. suffix b. prefix c. hosted d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
36: In classless addressing, the prefix length defines the _____________.
a. netid b. hosted c. mask d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
37: In a block, the prefix length is /24; what is the mask?
a. 255.255.255.0 b. 255.255.242.0 c. 255.255.0.0 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
38: In a block, the prefix length is /15; what is the mask?
a. 255.254.0.0 b. 255.255.255.0 c. 255.255.255.128 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
39: In a block, the mask is 255.255.192.0; what is the prefix length?
a. /20 b. /28 c. /18 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
40: An IPv6 address is _________ bits long.
a. 32 b. 64 c. 128 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
41: An IPv6 address consists of ________ bytes (octets);
a. 4 b. 8 c. 16 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
42: To make addresses more readable, IPv6 specifies ____________notation.
a. dotted decimal b. hexadecimal colon c. both a and b d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
43: In hexadecimal colon notation, a 128-bit address is divided into _______ sections, each
_____ hexadecimal digits in length.
a. 8: 2 b. 8: 3 c. 8: 4 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
44: An IPv6 address can have up to __________ colons.
a. 8 b. 7 c. 4 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
45: An IPv6 address can have up to __________ hexadecimal digits.
a. 16 b. 32 c. 8 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
46: In IPv6, _______ address defines a single computer.
a. a unicast b. a multicast c. an anycast d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
47: In IPv6, ____ address defines a group of computers with addresses that have the same
prefix.
a. a unicast b. a multicast c. an anycast d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
48: In IPv6, _________ address defines a group of computers.
a. a unicast b. a multicast c. an anycast d. none of the above
The correct answer is b

1: A best-effort delivery service such as IPv4 includes _______.

a. error checking b. error correction
c. datagram acknowledgment d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
2: In IPv4 header, an HLEN value of decimal 10 means _______.
a. there are 10 bytes of options b. there are 40 bytes of options
c. there are 10 bytes in the header d. there are 40 bytes in the header
The correct answer is d
3: In IPv4, what is the value of the total length field in bytes if the header is 28 bytes and the data
field is 400 bytes?
a. 428 b. 407 c. 107 d. 427
The correct answer is a
4: In IPv4, what is the length of the data field given an HLEN value of 12 and total length value of
40,000?
a. 39,988 b. 40,012 c. 40,048 d. 39,952
The correct answer is d
5: An IPv4 datagram is fragmented into three smaller datagrams. Which of the following is true?
a. The do not fragment bit is set to 1 for all three datagrams.
b. The more fragment bit is set to 0 for all three datagrams.
c. The identification field is the same for all three datagrams.
d. The offset field is the same for all three datagrams.
The correct answer is c
6: In IPv4, if the fragment offset has a value of 100, it means that _______.
a. the datagram has not been fragmented b. the datagram is 100 bytes in size
c. the first byte of the datagram is byte 100 d. the first byte of the datagram is byte 800
The correct answer is d
7: In IPv4, what is needed to determine the number of the last byte of a fragment?
a. Identification number b. Offset number c. Total length d. (b) and (c)
The correct answer is d
8: The IPv4 header size _______.
a. is 20 to 60 bytes long b. is always 20 bytes long
c. is always 60 bytes long d. depends on the MTU
The correct answer is a
11: The ________ protocol is the transmission mechanism used by the TCP/IP suite.
a. ARP b. IP c. RARP d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
12: IP is _________ datagram protocol.
a. an unreliable b. a connectionless c. both a and b d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
13: The term ________ means that IP provides no error checking or tracking. IP assumes the
unreliability of the underlying layers and does its best to get a transmission through to its
destination, but with no guarantees.
a. reliable delivery b. connection-oriented delivery
c. best-effort delivery d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
14: In IPv4, an HLEN value of decimal 10 means _______.
a. there are 10 bytes of options b. there are 40 bytes of options
c. there are 40 bytes in the header d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
15: In IPv4, which field or bit value unambiguously identifies the datagram as a fragment?
a. Do not fragment bit ? 0 b. More Fragment bit ? 0
c. Fragment offset = 1000 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
16: The IPv4 header size _______.
a. is 20 to 60 bytes long b. is 20 bytes long
c. is 60 bytes long d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
17: In IPv4, when a datagram is encapsulated in a frame, the total size of the datagram must be
less than the _______.
a. MUT b. MAT c. MTU d. none of the above
The correct answer is c

1: A _______ address is an internetwork address with universal jurisdiction.

a. physical b. logical c. a and b d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
2: The logical addresses in the Internet are called _______ addresses.
a. port b. IP c. Email d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
3: A ________ is a local address. Its jurisdiction is over a local network.
a. physical b. logical c. a and d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
4: If the sender is a host and wants to send a packet to another host on the same network, the
logical address that must be mapped to a physical address is ______.
a. the destination IP address in the datagram header
b. the IP address of the router found in the routing table
c. either a or b d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
5: If the sender is a host and wants to send a packet to another host on another network, the
logical address that must be mapped to a physical address is ______.
a. the destination IP address in the datagram header
b. the IP address of the router found in the routing table
c. either a or b d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
6: The sender is a router that has received a datagram destined for a host on another network.
The logical address that must be mapped to a physical address is ______.
a. the destination IP address in the datagram header
b. the IP address of the router found in the routing table
c. either a or b d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
7: The sender is a router that has received a datagram destined for a host on the same network.
The logical address that must be mapped to a physical address is ______.
a. the destination IP address in the datagram header
b. the IP address of the router found in the routing table
c. either a or b d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
8: In _______, a table associating a logical address with a physical address is updated manually.
a. static mapping b. dynamic mapping
c. physical mapping d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
9: _______ is a dynamic mapping protocol in which a physical address is found for a given logical
address.
 a. ARP b. RARP c. both a and b d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
11: An ARP reply is normally _______.
a. broadcast b. multicast c. unicast d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
12: An ARP request is normally _______.
a. broadcast b. multicast c. unicast d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
15: ICMP is a _________ layer protocol.
a. data link b. transport c. network d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
16: ICMP messages are divided into two broad categories: _____________.
a. query and error reporting messages b. request and response messages
c. request and reply messages d. none of the above
The correct answer is a

Top

Quiz - 1 CS 601 Spring 2010 my own

Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 11:29:30 PM ) Total Marks: 1
OSI Model is a Protocol
Select correct option:

True

False

L-7
Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 11:30:49 PM ) Total Marks: 1
If a station does not receive its signal up to a specified time that system issues an alarm to
____________
Select correct option:

network analyzer

network manager

All of above

Non given

L6
Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 11:31:44 PM ) Total Marks: 1
There are three types of Hubs that exist. Which of the following options correctly
describes these three
Select correct option:

Passive, dormant, special

Active , dormant , passive

Passive, Active, Turbo

Passive, Active, Intelligent

Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 11:32:20 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Following characteristics fully describe ______________ Amplitude Period/ Frequency
Phase
Select correct option:

Sine Waves

Digital Signals

Aperiodic Signals

None of the given

L11
Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 11:32:53 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Layers _______ allows interoperability among unrelated software systems
Select correct option:

1,2,3

5,6,7

All of above

None of above

L7
Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 11:33:24 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Analog signals are refers to be
Select correct option:

Continuous

Discrete

All of above

None

L11

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 11:34:01 PM ) Total Marks: 1

RZ stands for _________.
Select correct option:

Return to Z

Retire a Zero

Return TO Zero

None of above

L14

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 11:34:41 PM ) Total Marks: 1

In the encoding where positive to negative transition is one and vice versa is zero.
Select correct option:

Manchester

Differential Manchester

All of above
None of given

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 11:34:58 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Digitizing an Analog Signal is called ________
Select correct option:

Analog-to-Digital Conversion

Digital-to-Digital Conversion

Digital-to-Analog Conversion

None of above
L16

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 11:36:27 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Digital signals
are refers to be
Select correct option:

Continuous

Discrete

All of above

None

Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 08:51:43 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Human voice is example of _________ signal
Select correct option:
Digital
Analog
Discrete
None of the given
L11
:

Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 08:52:02 PM ) Total Marks: 1

____________ ensures end-to-end reliable transmission
Select correct option:
Application Layer
Data Link Layer
Transport Layer
Network layer
L9

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 08:53:17 PM ) Total Marks: 1

What is the period of A Sine wave having frequency of 10 Hz.
Select correct option:
0.2
0.1
0.5
0.3

: L12

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 08:54:23 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Internet with small “i” specifies the world wide Network the actual internet.
Select correct option:
true
false

: L7

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 08:55:58 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Central Hub in a Tree is an __________
Select correct option:
Active hub
Passive hub

L5
Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 08:56:49 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Time domain plot show changes in signal phase with respect to time.
Select correct option:
true
false

L12

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 08:57:22 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Several topologies combined in a larger topology to form a ________
Select correct option:
Mix Topologies
Complex Topologies
Large Topologies
Hybrid Topologies

L6

Quiz - 2 CS 601 Spring 2010 my own

Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 10:17:24 PM ) Total Marks: 1

ASK is highly susceptible to noise interference
Select correct option:

True

False
L17

Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 10:18:39 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Variation in Characteristics of Sine Wave for converting digital into analog we need
_________.
Select correct option:

Amplitude

Frequency

Phase
Any of these

L17

Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 10:19:03 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Sampling means measuring ______________ of signal at equal intervals
Select correct option:

Amplitudes

Frequencies

Phases

None of the given

L16
Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 10:20:29 PM ) Total Marks: 1
There are _________ types of serial transmission.
Select correct option:

None of teh given

L20

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 10:21:24 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Binary data consisting of 1s and 0s may be organized into groups of ‘n’ bits each for
transmission
Select correct option:

Serial Transmission

Serial-Parallel Transmission
Parallel Transmission

None of above

L20

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 10:22:26 PM ) Total Marks: 1

QAM is the most efficient than _________
Select correct option:

PSK

ASK

FSK

All of the given

L17

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 10:22:49 PM ) Total Marks: 1

PSK is susceptible to the noise degradation.
Select correct option:

True

False

L18

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 10:23:13 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Frequency of carrier signal is changed according to the amplitude of modulating signal in
______.
Select correct option:

AM

FM

PM
None of above

L19

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 10:23:41 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The last process in PCM is _________ digital data into digital signal.
Select correct option:

modulating

decoding

encoding

none of above

L16

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 10:25:09 PM ) Total Marks: 1

In _______________, both peak amplitude and frequency remains constant as the phase
changes.
Select correct option:

PSK

QAM

Both PSK & QAM

None of the given

L18

1.Terminal, microprocessor, computer, printer or any other device that generates or

consumes digital data is known as ___________
Select correct option:

DCE
DTE
DCE & DTE
None of the given
L21
3. Radio is an example of _________________ signal conversion.

Analog-to-analog conversion

L19

4. Bandwidth required for the ASK is equal to the __________ of the signal.
Select correct option:

Baud rate
Frequency
Period
Phase
L22

6. A ______________ modem is used to connect two DTEs directly.

Select correct option:

NULL
Cable
DSL
None of the given
L21

9. Bandwidth of AM signal (modulated signal) is equal to

___________________________________
Select correct option:

2 * bandwidth of modulating signal

3 * bandwidth of modulating signal
4 * bandwidth of modulating signal
5 * bandwidth of modulating signal
L19
Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 05:32:04 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Asynchronous transmission is ___________
Select correct option:

Slow
Fast
L20

In synchronous transmission the ___________ separates that string into the bytes or
characters it need to reconstruct the information.
Select correct option:

Receiver

Sender

Transmitter
L20
Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 05:33:51 PM ) Total Marks: 1
AM signal requires __________ the BW of original signal
Select correct option:

Twice

Half

Same

Three Times
L19

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 05:35:07 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The __________ converts the signal to a format appropriate to the transmission medium
and introduces it onto the network link.
Select correct option:

DCE

DTE

DCE & DTE

L21

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 05:37:41 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Which of the following is most affected by noise?
Select correct option:
PSK

ASK

FSK
L17

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 05:38:45 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Traditional telephone lines can carry frequencies btw 300 Hz and 3300 Hz giving them a
bandwidth of ___________.
Select correct option:

3000 Hz

2000 Hz

1000 Hz

1500 Hz
L22

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 05:40:14 PM ) Total Marks: 1

A sine wave is defined by _______ characteristics.
Select correct option:

L17

Contains a repeater
Select correct option:

Active Hub

Passive Hub

L5
The level of signal is always positive in NRZ encoding.
Select correct option:

True

False
L14

Which of the following network topologies among the list below is incorrect?
Select correct option:

Star

Internet

Ring

Bus
L5

Encoding digital data into digital signals is called _________

Select correct option:

Analog-to-Digital Conversion

Digital-to-Digital Conversion

Digital-to-Analog Conversion

None of above
L14

The rules for exchanging data between computers are called

Select correct option:

interconnections

synchronous packages

protocols
data transmission synchronization
L1

Analog refers to something that is continuous in ________

Select correct option:

Time

Space

Frequency

None of the given

L11
In transport layer, flow control is performed only across a single link.
Select correct option: FALSE

L9

domain shows changes in ________

Select correct option:

time w.r.t signal amplitude

signal amplitude w.r.t time

time

All of above
L12

Because of __________, more devices can be attached to a Central Hub and therefore
increase the distance a signal can travel
Select correct option:

a)Passive Hub

b)Active Hub

Both a and b
None of the above

L5

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 07:29:08 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Analog To Analog Conversion Methods include ______.
Select correct option:

AM, PM and FM

AM, FSK and PM

AM, PM and QAM

None of above
L19

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 07:42:18 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Effective bandwidth of telephone line used for data transmission is 2400 Hz covering a
range from 600 Hz to 3000 Hz.
Select correct option:

1500 Hz

1200 Hz

2000 Hz

2400 Hz

L22

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 07:44:52 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The limiting factors of ____________ are the physical capabilities of the carrier.
Select correct option:

ASK

FSK
PSK

QAM

L18

Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 10:39:16 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Which of the following statement is correct?
Select correct option:

Digital signals are less prone to Noise

Digital signals are highly prone to Noise

Analog Signals are less prone to Noise

Digital signals are not affected by Noise

L16

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 10:41:28 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Baud rate is greater than or equal to the bit rate
Select correct option:

True

False

L17

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 11:19:39 AM ) Total Marks: 1

Air is ______________
Select correct option:

DTE

DCE

TX medium
None of the given

L21

Top

/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBMWRkAgIP

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time Left

Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 11:37:44 AM ) Total Marks: 1

For point-to-point configuration, addressing is needed
Select correct option:

True

False

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBAKFvdSaDQK254SXBwK154SXBwKct7iSDJGkGjIsW5sCWLtphbStw3oFTz6T
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time 71
Left sec(s
)
Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 11:38:27 AM ) Total Marks: 1
In __________ ARQ, if a NAK is received, only the specific damaged or lost frame is retransmitted.
Select correct option:

Stop and Wait

 Go-Back-N

Selective repeat

Stop-and-wait & Go-back-N

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLBivmxCwK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDGLUtuqE9j0X0Hk2GcsJ1W61Mklo
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time 11
Left sec(s
)

Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 11:39:07 AM ) Total Marks: 1

Sliding window requires that data frames be transmitted _______________
Select correct option:

Sequentially

Frequently

Asynchronously

Non of the given

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKIr6CLBgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDC+9+kOtbCJxJZ1UD4wW3pn8w2iY
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time 79
Left sec(s
)

Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 11:40:37 AM ) Total Marks: 1

Which one is not the function of data link layer?
Select correct option:

Line discipline

Flow control
 Error control

Network control

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKWy4TPBQK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDH29AF56mp+fX650SgFW7h7dJ1I0
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time 49
Left sec(s
)
Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 11:40:53 AM ) Total Marks: 1
Flow control is needed to prevent ___________.
Select correct option:

Bit errors

Overflow of the sender buffer

Overflow of the receiver buffer

Collision between sender and receiver

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLYmOaZAwK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDN521lGWVrqY9lGaOvkm+6Zlr/2x
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time 47
Left sec(s
)
Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 11:42:09 AM ) Total Marks: 1
Error control in the data link layer is based on _______________.
Select correct option:

automatic repeat request

automatic repeat acknowledgment

automatic send acknowledgment

 automatic send request

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKdh9uEDAK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDJcwYFHxd4toh0jclyNXP8ckTYdq
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time 77
Left sec(s
)

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 11:43:29 AM ) Total Marks: 1

Data link protocols can be divided into ______________ sub-groups.
Select correct option:

two

three

four

five

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLm+qmrCAK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDMPGmyivtOKBK0iU6tjt8xtVxRLN
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time 5
Left sec(s
)

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 11:43:50 AM ) Total Marks: 1

For stop-and-wait ARQ, for n data packets sent, ___________ acknowledgments are needed.
Select correct option:

2n

N-1

N+1
 Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question
 
/wEWBgL70P1IArbnhJcHArXnhJcHArDnhJcHArfnhJcHApy3uJIMyOdofa0xHtwIkRNEW6Ojxb9S9sk=
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time 20
Left sec(s
)

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 11:45:20 AM ) Total Marks: 1

In a Go-Back-N ARQ, if the window size is 63, what is the range of sequence number?
Select correct option:

0 to 63

0 to 64

1 to 63

1 to 64

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLvu6vVDgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDLQu4nut4fP1QS7nTx++YgUyJ+vI
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time 78
Left sec(s
)

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 11:46:52 AM ) Total Marks: 1

In data link layer, communication requires at least ___________ devices working together.
Select correct option:

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
 /wEWBgLFg9GvBgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDMeXQdsJuP216+otOIT8pVPhNLpY
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Time 16
Left sec(s
)

Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 11:52:19 AM ) Total Marks: 1

A timer is set when ___________ is (are) sent out.
Select correct option:

A data frame

An ACK

A NAK

All of given

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLzutK0BgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDNZUQbBeYFeMjcVStsbNRZfIw5dI
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Time 47
Left sec(s
)

Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 11:54:31 AM ) Total Marks: 1

Flow control is needed to prevent ____________.
Select correct option:

Collision between sender and receiver

Overflow of the receiver buffer

Overflow of the sender buffer

Bit errors

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKEmL6AAQK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDLDAAh5IfuI/fTFgRt3smYK28X4n
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF
 Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Time 66
Left sec(s
)

Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 11:55:39 AM ) Total Marks: 1

In selective-reject ARQ, only the specific damaged or lost frame is_______________.
Select correct option:

retransmitted

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLCoY/iAgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDImLaBeACHuzYA8/BGO1bOsmYYlm
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Time 81
Left sec(s
)

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 11:56:13 AM ) Total Marks: 1

If the primary wants to receive data, it asks the second-arise if they have anything to send, this is called
Select correct option:

POLLING

SELECTING

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBAK3upDDDAK254SXBwK154SXBwKct7iSDFaCK8Lc7oarmT9fZJ0nDK4dgfS6
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Time 42
Left sec(s
)

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 12:02:01 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Data link control is composed of ____________ important functions.
Select correct option:
 2

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLU+4+FDAK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDNHAcfB0uXvUqn5H/F2bOwn87uwQ
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Time 35
Left sec(s
)
Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 12:12:08 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which error detection method consists of just one redundant bit per data unit?
Select correct option:

Simple parity check

Two-dimensional parity check

CRC

Checksum

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLNyd6bDgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDJaTxdveWMRVk1XjeQeZVfoSFsoo
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Time 68
Left sec(s
)
Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 12:13:39 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In Go-Back-N ARQ, if frames 4, 5 and 6 are received successfully, the receiver may send an ACK ___________ to
the sender.
Select correct option:

5
 6

Any of the given

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLA/O+3CwK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDPMArxTfGtG9VcaCGSqxxB3voKvu
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Time 17
Left sec(s
)

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 12:14:36 PM ) Total Marks: 1

If the data unit is 111111 and the divisor is 1010, what is the dividend at the transmitter?
Select correct option:

111111000

1111110000

111111

1111111010

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKt+YqbDgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDIwDN9FUcWZfSp2eo3abIVTcB+hH
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Time 83
Left sec(s
)

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 12:16:06 PM ) Total Marks: 1

ARQ stands for ___________
Select correct option:

Automatic repeat quantization

Automatic repeat request

 Automatic retransmission request

Acknowledge repeat request.

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLAjPHDAgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDAVHPidgya/MnCS0eMImDTlv1Ofi
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Time 25
Left sec(s
)
Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 12:16:31 PM ) Total Marks: 1
For a sliding window of size n-1 (n sequence numbers), there can be a maximum of __________ frames sent but
unacknowledged.
Select correct option:

N-1

N+1

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLinpqjDgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDJvFqZpHgU1kJfPaXno0ctLpHl+d
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjE4IFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:18 PM

Time 86
Left sec(s
)

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 12:20:15 PM ) Total Marks: 1

In Full-duplex, the initiator sends data while the responder waits
Select correct option:

True

False

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
 /wEWBAKZmvbUBAK254SXBwK154SXBwKct7iSDL91thg1o4t/Gu82fkiL9jvI4SUV
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjE4IFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:18 PM

Time 79
Left sec(s
)

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 12:21:10 PM ) Total Marks: 1

In CRC there is no error if the remainder at the receiver is _________.
Select correct option:

Equal to the remainder at the sender

Zero

NonZero

The quotient at the sender

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLb5LeHCAK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDHQ2onsoekDm8jcg3+HO0dsEBu/G
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjIyIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:22 PM

Time 71
Left sec(s
)

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 12:22:41 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Error control in the data link layer is based on _______________.
Select correct option:

automatic repeat request

automatic repeat acknowledgment

automatic send acknowledgment

automatic send request

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKjtttQArbnhJcHArXnhJcHArDnhJcHArfnhJcHApy3uJIMT31Pkuo9zT4G1DOGwu8BIC7v49Q=
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjIyIFBNZGQCAQ8PF
 Quiz Start Time: 12:22 PM

Time 77
Left sec(s
)

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 12:23:17 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Flow Control is the responsibility of _________
Select correct option:

Network Layer

Transport Layer

Data Link Layer

Physical Layer

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLgxMW9BwK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDD43fktk2cFREWTd2fRnEZKFt6j3
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjI1IFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:25 PM

Time 84
Left sec(s
)

Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 12:26:03 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The Hamming code is a method of __________.
Select correct option:

Error detection

Error correction

Error encapsulation

Error detection & error encapsulation

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKmwvq2BQK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDP6iBagnHYusAv2fJId0G6nJpVDm
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjI1IFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:25 PM

 Time 73
Left sec(s
)
Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 12:27:40 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In __________ ARQ, if a NAK is received, only the specific damaged or lost frame is retransmitted.
Select correct option:

Stop and Wait

Go-Back-N

Selective repeat

Stop-and-wait & Go-back-N

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKTsqnIBQK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDKXqGMEBRxgH7JQg8DnNE0pN2x+0

Top

CS 601 DATA COMMUNICATION

FALL 2009 – 12 FEB 2010

Question # 1 of 10
In FDDI, THT stands for:
· Token Hash Timer
· Tier Holding Timer
· Target Holding Timer
· Token Holding Timer
Question # 2 of 10
The DSAP and SSAP are addresses used by ____to identify the protocol stack.
· Network
· MAC
· LLC
· None of the above
Question # 3 of 10
Repeaters work on the ____Layer/Layers
· Data Link
· Physical
· Network
· All of the above
Question # 4 of 10
Bridge is _____ Layer Device
· Data Link
· Physical
· Network
· None of the above
Question # 5 of 10
On the transport layer of TCP/IP suit_____ protocols are used
· TCP & IP
· TCP & UDP
Question # 6 of 10
Application layer of TCP/IP suit is equivalent of _____layers of OSI Model
· Application, Presentation and Transport
· Application, Session and Transport
· Application, Presentation and Session
· None of the above
Question # 7 of 10
A Repeater does not allow us to extend the physical length of network
· True
· False
Question # 8 of 10
Shortest frame in HDLC protocols is usually the ____ frame.
· Information
· Supervisory
· Management
· None of the above
Question # 9 of 10
Repeater is device
· Layer three
· Intelligent
· Unintelligent
· None of the above
Question # 10 of 10
_____ is HDLC’s error detection field.
· Flag
· BCC
· BSC
· FCS

Top

Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 08:42:52 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Router works on the __________ layers.

Select correct option:

Network.

Physical & Data Link.

All of above.

None of above.

Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 08:44:07 PM ) Total Marks: 1

ZMODEM protocol combines the features of ____________________

Select correct option:

 XMODEM

YMODEM

BOTH XMODEM & YMODEM

None of the above

Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 08:44:40 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Like 10 Base 5, 10 Base 2 is a _________ Topology LAN

Select correct option:

Bus

Star

Ring

Mesh

Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 08:45:23 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Repeater is __________ Device.

Select correct option:

Layer three.

Intelligent.

Unintelligent.

None of above.

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 08:46:19 PM ) Total Marks: 1

In token ring frame, the size of the token is _________

Select correct option:

4 bytes

3 bytes

2 bytes

1 bytes

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 08:47:34 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The Placing position of a repeater in the network is __________.

Select correct option:

Unimportant

Important.

MC090404560 : Ana Jamil

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 08:48:25 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The address field of a frame in HDLC protocol contains the address of the ________ station.

Select correct option:

Primary

Secondary

Tertiary

Primary and secondary

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 08:49:26 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Repeater is an amplifier

Select correct option:

True

False

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 08:49:52 PM ) Total Marks: 1

In BSC data frame, header comes before ________ and after _________

Select correct option:

SYNs, STX

ITB,STX

STX, SYNs

ETX, BCC
The PDU has no flag fields, no CRC, and no station address

Select correct option:

True

False

MC090400610 : Azka Mashkoor

Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 08:53:54 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Repeaters are _________ Devices

Select correct option:

Networking

Internetworking

Intelligent

None of above

Question #2

The ____ is HDLC’s error detection field.

Select correct option:

Flag

BCC

BSC

FCS

Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 08:55:20 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The HDLC ___________ field defines the beginning and end of a frame.

Select correct option:

Flag

Address
 Control

FCS

Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 08:55:42 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The _________ bit of the DSAP indicates whether the frame is intended for an individual or a
group

Select correct option:

last

third

second

first

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 08:56:41 PM ) Total Marks: 1

BSC stands for ____________________

Select correct option:

Binary Search Protocols

Bit Synchronization class

Binary Synchronous communication

Bit synchronous protocol

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 08:57:58 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The shortest frame in HDLC protocol is usually the _________ fram

Select correct option:

Information

Supervisory

Management

None of the given

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 08:58:44 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Information field contains the user data in __________ and network management information
in a __________.

Select correct option:

S- Frame, U- Frame

U- Frame, I- Frame

I-Frame, U-Frame

S-frame, U-Frame

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 08:59:18 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Bridge is __________ Device.

Select correct option:

Layer one.

Intelligent.

Unintelligent.

None of above.

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 09:00:41 PM ) Total Marks: 1

RARP stands for Reverse Address Resolution Protocol.

Select correct option:

True

False
Top

Transport Layer
1: One of the responsibilities of the transport layer protocol is to create a ______
communication.
a. host-to-host b. process-to-process
c. node-to-node d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
2: UDP is called a ________________transport protocol.
a. connectionless, reliable b. connection-oriented, unreliable
c. connectionless, unreliable d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
3: UDP does not add anything to the services of IP except for providing _______
communication.
a. node-to-node b. process-to-process
c. host-to-host d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
4: UDP is an acronym for _______.
a. User Delivery Protocol b. User Datagram Procedure
c. User Datagram Protocol d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
5: Although there are several ways to achieve process-to-process communication, the
most common is through the __________ paradigm.
a. client-server b. client-client c. server-server d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
6: The local host and the remote host are defined using IP addresses. To define the
processes, we need second identifiers called ____________.
a. UDP addresses b. transport addresses
c. port addresses d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
7: The ports ranging from 49,152 to 65,535 can be used as temporary or private port
numbers. They are called the ________ ports.
a. well-known b. registered c. dynamic d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
8: In the sending computer, UDP receives a data unit from the _______ layer.
a. application b. Transport c. IP d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
9: In the sending computer, UDP sends a data unit to the _______ layer.
a. application b. Transport c. IP d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
10: UDP and TCP are both _______ layer protocols.
a. data link b. network c. transport d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
11: Which of the following functions does UDP perform?
a. process-to-process communication b. host-to-host communication
c. end-to-end reliable data delivery d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
12: When the IP layer of a receiving host receives a datagram, _______.
a. delivery is complete b. a transport layer protocol takes over
c. a header is added d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
13: UDP needs the _______ address to deliver the user datagram to the correct
application process.
a. port b. Application c. Internet d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
14: A port address in UDP is _______bits long.
a. 8 b. 16 c. 32 d. any of the above
The correct answer is b
15: Which of the following does UDP guarantee?
 a. flow control b. connection-oriented delivery
c. flow control d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
16: The source port address on the UDP user datagram header defines _______.
a. the sending computer b. the receiving computer
c. the process running on the sending computer d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
17: The combination of an IP address and a port number is called a ____________.
a. transport address b. network address
c. socket address d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
18: To use the services of UDP, we need ________ socket addresses.
a. four b. two c. three d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
19: UDP packets are called __________.
a. user datagrams b. segments c. frames d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
20: UDP packets have a fixed-size header of _______ bytes.
a. 16 b. 8 c. 40 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
21: UDP packets are encapsulated in ___________.
a. an Ethernet frame b. an TCP segment
c. an IP datagram d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
22: UDP uses ________ to handle outgoing user datagrams from multiple processes on
one host.
a. flow control b. multiplexing
c. demultiplexing d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
23: UDP uses _______ to handle incoming user datagrams that go to different processes
on the same host.
a. flow control b. multiplexing c. demultiplexing
d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
24: TCP is a __________protocol.
a. stream-oriented b. message-oriented c. block-oriented
d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
25: TCP allows the sending process to deliver data as a _______of bytes and allows the
receiving process to obtain data as a _________ of bytes.
a. message; message b. stream; stream
c. block; block d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
26: Because the sending and the receiving processes may not write or read data at the
same speed, TCP ________.
a. speeds up the slower process b. slows down the faster process
 c. uses buffers d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
27: TCP groups a number of bytes together into a packet called a ___________.
a. user datagram b. Segment c. datagram d. none of the
above
The correct answer is b
28: TCP is a ___________ protocol.
a. connection-oriented b. connectionless
c. both a and b d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
29: TCP is a(n) _______ transport protocol.
a. unreliable b. best-effort delivery
c. reliable d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
30: TCP uses _________________ to check the safe and sound arrival of data.
a. an acknowledgment mechanism b. out-of-band signalling
c. the services of another protocol d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
31: The bytes of data being transferred in each connection are numbered by TCP. The
numbering starts with a __________________.
a. 0 b. 1 c. randomly generated number d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
32: TCP assigns a sequence number to each segment that is being sent. The sequence
number for each segment is the number of the _______ byte carried in that segment.
a. first b. last c. middle d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
33: Communication in TCP is ___________.
a. simplex b. half-duplex c. full-duplex d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
34: The value of the acknowledgment field in a segment defines the number of the
______byte a party expects to receive.
a. first b. last c. next d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
35: The acknowledgment number is ________.
a. independent b. randomly generated c. cumulative d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
36: The value of the window size is determined by _________.
a. the sender b. the receiver c. both the sender and receiver
d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
37: The inclusion of the checksum in the TCP segment is ________.
a. optional b. mandatory c. at the discretion of the application program
d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
38: A TCP segment is encapsulated in __________.
a. an IP datagram b. an Ethernet frame
 c. a UDP user datagram d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
39: Connection establishment in TCP is called __________ handshaking.
a. two-way b. four-way c. one-way d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
40: A SYN segment cannot carry data; it consumes _____ sequence number(s).
a. no b. one c. two d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
41: A SYN + ACK segment cannot carry data; it consumes _____ sequence number(s).
a. no b. three c. two d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
42: An ACK segment, if carrying no data, consumes ______ sequence number(s).
a. no b. one c. two d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
45: The FIN segment consumes ____ sequence numbers if it does not carry data.
a. two b. three c. no d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
46: The FIN + ACK segment consumes _____ sequence number(s) if it does not carry
data.
a. two b. three c. one d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
47: In TCP, one end can stop sending data while still receiving data. This is called a
______.
a. half-close b. half-open c. one-way termination
d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
48: A(n) _________ machine is a machine that goes through a limited number of states.
a. infinite state b. finite state c. both a and b d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
49: __________ control regulates the amount of data a source can send before receiving
an acknowledgment from the destination.
a. Error b. Flow c. Congestion d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
50: To accomplish flow control, TCP uses a ___________ window protocol.
a. limited-size b. sliding c. fixed-size d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
51: TCP sliding windows are __________ oriented.
a. packet b. Segment c. Byte d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
52: ACK segments consume _______ sequence number(s) and _______ acknowledged.
a. no; are not b. one; are not c. no; are d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
53: TCP delivers _______ out-of-order segments to the process.
a. all b. no c. some d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
54: IP is responsible for _______ communication while TCP is responsible for _______
communication.
a. host-to-host; process-to-process b. process-to-process; host-to-host
c. process-to-process; network-to-network d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
56: Multiply the header length field by _______ to find the total number of bytes in the
TCP header.
a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
57: Urgent data requires the urgent pointer field as well as the URG bit in the _______
field.
a. control b. offset c. sequence number d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
58: The options field of the TCP header ranges from 0 to _______ bytes.
a. 10 b. 20 c. 40 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
59: If the ACK value is 200, then byte _______ has been received successfully.
a. 199 b. 200 c. 201 d. none of the above
The correct answer is a

Top

Chapter : Chapter 14 : Wireless LANs

1: IEEE has defined the specifications for a wireless LAN, called _______, which covers the physical and data link layers.
a. IEEE 802.3 b. IEEE 802.5 c. IEEE 802.11 d. IEEE 802.2
The correct answer is c
2: In IEEE 802.11, a ___ is made of stationary or mobile wireless stations and an optional central base station, known as
the access point (AP).
a. ESS b. BSS c. CSS d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
3: In IEEE 802.11, a BSS without an AP is called an _________.
a. an ad hoc architecture b. an infrastructure network
c. either (a) or (b) d. neither (a) nor (b)
The correct answer is a
4: In IEEE 802.11, a BSS with an AP is sometimes referred to as ____________.
a. an ad hoc architecture b. an infrastructure network
c. either (a) or (b) d. neither (a) nor (b)
The correct answer is b
5: In IEEE 802.11, communication between two stations in two different BSSs usually occurs via two ________.
a. BSSs b. ESSs c. APs d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
6: In IEEE 802.11, a station with ________ mobility is either stationary (not moving) or moving only inside a BSS.
a. no-transition b. BSS-transition c. ESS-transition d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
7: In IEEE 802.11, a station with ________mobility can move from one BSS to another, but the movement is confined
inside one ESS.
a. no-transition b. BSS-transition c. ESS-transition d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
8: In IEEE 802.11, a station with ________ mobility can move from one ESS to another.
a. no-transition b. BSS-transition c. ESS-transition d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
9: In IEEE 802.11, _______ is an optional access method that can be implemented in an infrastructure network (not in an
ad hoc network).
 a. DCF b. PCF c. either (a) or (b) d. neither (a) nor (b)
The correct answer is b
10: In IEEE 802.11, when a frame is going from one station in a BSS to another without passing through the distribution
system, the address flag is _____
a. 00 b. 01 c. 10 d. 11
The correct answer is a
11: In IEEE 802.11, when a frame is coming from an AP and going to a station, the address flag is _______.
a. 00 b. 01 c. 10 d. 11
The correct answer is b
12: In IEEE 802.11, when a frame is going from a station to an AP, the address flag is _____.
a. 00 b. 01 c. 10 d. 11
The correct answer is c
13: In IEEE 802.11, when a frame is going from one AP to another AP in a wireless distribution system, the address flag is
_____
a. 00 b. 01 c. 10 d. 11
The correct answer is d
14: The IEEE 802.11 standard for wireless LANs defines two services: ______ and _______.
a. BSS; ASS b. ESS; SSS c. BSS; ESS d. BSS; DCF
The correct answer is c
15: In IEEE 802.11, the access method used in the DCF sublayer is _________.
a. ALOHA b. CSMA/CA c. CSMA/CD d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
16: In IEEE 802.11, the access method used in the PCF sublayer is ______.
a. contention b. controlled c. polling d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
17: In IEEE 802.11, the ______ is a timer used for collision avoidance.
a. NAV b. BSS c. ESS d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
18: In IEEE 802.11, the MAC layer frame has ______ fields.
a. four b. five c. six d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
19: In IEEE 802.11, the addressing mechanism can include up to ______addresses.
a. four b. five c. six d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
20: The original IEEE 802.11, uses _________.
a. FHSS b. DSSS c. OFDM d. either (a) or (b)
The correct answer is d
21: The IEEE 802.11a, uses _________.
a. FHSS b. DSSS c. OFDM d. either (a) or (b)
The correct answer is c
22: The IEEE 802.11b, uses _________.
a. FHSS b. DSSS c. OFDM d. either (a) or (b)
The correct answer is b
23: The IEEE 802.11g, uses _________.
a. FHSS b. DSSS c. OFDM d. either (a) or (b)
The correct answer is c
24: The original IEEE 802.11, has a data rate of _____Mbps.
a. 1 b. 6 c. 11 d. 22
The correct answer is a
25: IEEE 802.11a, has a data rate of _____Mbps.
a. 1 b. 2 c. 6 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
26: IEEE 802.11b, has a data rate of _____Mbps.
a. 1 b. 2 c. 5.5 d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
27: IEEE 802.11g, has a data rate of _____Mbps.
a. 1 b. 2 c. 11 d. 22
The correct answer is d
28: The IEEE 802.11 wireless LANs use ________ types of frames.
a. four b. five c. six d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
29: Bluetooth is a _______ technology that connects devices (called gadgets) in a small area.
a. wired LAN b. wireless LAN c. VLAN d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
30: A Bluetooth network is called a ________.
a. piconet b. scatternet c. bluenet d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
31: In Bluetooth, multiple ________ form a network called a _________.
a. scatternet; piconets b. piconets: scatternet
c. piconets: bluenet d. bluenet; scatternet
The correct answer is b
32: A Bluetooth network consists of _____ primary device(s) and up to ____ secondary devices.
a. one; five b. five; three c. two; six d. one; seven
The correct answer is d
33: The RTS and CTS frames in CSMA/CA ____ solve the hidden station problem. The RTS and CTS frames in
CSMA/CA ____ solve the exposed station problem.
a. can; cannot b. cannot; can c. can; can d. cannot; cannot
The correct answer is a
34: In Bluetooth, the current data rate is ____Mbps
a. 2 b. 5 c. 11 d. none of the above
The correct answer is d
35: In Bluetooth, the _______ layer is roughly equivalent to the physical layer of the Internet model.
a. radio b. baseband c. L2CAP d. none of the above
The correct answer is a
36: In Bluetooth, the _____layer is roughly equivalent to the MAC sublayer in LANs.
a. radio b. baseband c. L2CAP d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
37: In Bluetooth, the L2CAP sublayer, is roughly equivalent to the LLC sublayer in LANs.
a. radio b. baseband c. L2CAP d. none of the above
The correct answer is c
38: The access method in Bluetooth is ________.
a. FDMA b. TDD-TDMA c. CDMA d. none of the above
The correct answer is b
39: In Bluetooth, the _____ link is used when avoiding latency (delay in data delivery) is more important than integrity
(error-free delivery).
a. SCO b. ACL c. ACO d. SCL
The correct answer is a
40: In Bluetooth, the _____ link is used when data integrity is more important than avoiding latency.
a. SCO b. ACL c. ACO d. SCL
The correct answer is b
41: Bluetooth uses ______method in the physical layer to avoid interference from other devices or other networks.
a. DSSS b. FHSS c. FDMA d. none of the above
The correct answer is b

Top

Top

Quiz # 5

Question # 1
The shortest frame in HDLC protocol is usually the _________ frame

Information Supervisory Management None of the

given

Question # 2
________ sub-layer , resolves the contention for the shared media

MAC LLC Physical None of the above

Question # 3
The process to send control information in the information field of I-Frame along with
data is called _____________

Acknowledgment management Piggy Forwarding AckTrick

Piggybacking
 
Question # 4
The DSAP and SSAP are addresses used by _________ to identify the protocol stacks

Network MAC LLC All of above

Question # 6
Router is __________ Device.

Layer one . Intelligent. Unintelligent. None of above.

 
Question # 7
The repeater works at _______ Layer of OSI model

Data Link layer Physical layer Transport Layer Network

Layer

Question # 8
Bridges are _________ Devices

Networking Internetworking All of above None of

above

Question # 9
In Multi station Access Unit (MAU) Individual automatic hubs are combined in to a
router

True False

Question # 10
The address field of a frame in HDLC protocol contains the address of the ________
station.

Primary Secondary Tertiary Primary and secondary

Top

FINALTERM EXAMINATION
 Spring 2009
CS601- Data Communication

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

There are how many factors on which the performance of a network depends?

► Three

► Five

► Four

► Two

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________requires the maximum number of I/O ports.

► Bus

► Star

► Mesh

► Ring

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Headers are added at layers 1 and 7 of OSI model.

► True

► False

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Trailer is only added at ________layer of OSI model.

► data link

► physical

► network

► application

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A sine wave must be an analog signal.

► True

► False

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If there is __________in voltage then the frequency is infinite.

► instantaneous change

► continuous change

► no change

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The inversion of the level at 1 bit is called as __________

► NRZ-L

► NRZ-I
 ► RZ

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The last process in PCM is _________ digital data into digital signal.

► encoding

► decoding

► modulating

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Amplitude in ASK is more resistive to EMI and Noise.

► True

► False

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If FCC regulations are followed, the carrier frequencies of adjacent AM radio

stations are ____________ apart.

► 5 KHz

► 10 KHz

► 200 KHz

► 530 KHz

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, a start bit and a stop bit frame a character byte.

► Asynchronous serial

► Synchronous serial

► Parallel

► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Synchronous transmission have _____________.

► a start bit

► a stop bit

► gaps between bytes

► none of the given

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Transmission media are usually categorized as _____________

► Fixed or Unfixed

► Guided or Unguided

► Determinate or Indeterminate

► Metallic or Nonmetallic

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The RG number gives us information about ________.

► Twisted pairs

► Coaxial cables

► Optical fibers

► all of the given

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Radio wave and microwave frequencies range from _________.

► 3 to 300 KHz

► 300 KHz to300 KHz to 3 GHz

► 3 KHz to 300 GHz

► 3 KHz to 3000 GHz

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

All of popular Fiber optic connectors are ___________ shaped.

► Conical

► Barrel

► Circular

► Rectangular

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In ______________ method a signal can be directed in a straight from Antenna
to antenna.

► Line of sight

► Ground propagation

► Sky propagation

► Microwaves

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Amplifiers are used to __________the signal to heat.

► Amplify

► Rectify

► Testify

► NUllify

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

There are ________ basic categories of multiplexing.

►3

►4

►2

►5

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If a T-1 carries 8000 frames, the data rate is ___________

► 2.544 Mbps

► 1.544 Mbps

► 1.544 Kbps

► 1.544 Gbps

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

FTTC stands for _____________

► flexible to the curb

► fiber to the curb

► fiber to the cable

► fiber to the center

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Optical signals are multiplexed using _________ at switching office to create

wider BW optical signals

► WDM

► FDM

► TDM

► MUX

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which error detection method consists of a parity bit for each unit as well as an
entire data unit of parity bits?

► Simple parity check

► Two-dimensional parity check

► CRC

► Checksum

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If the ASCII character G is sent and the character D is received, what type of
error is this?

► Single-bit

► Multiple-bit

► Burst

► Recoverable

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Flow control is needed to prevent ____________

► Bit errors

► Overflow of the sender buffer

► Overflow of the receiver buffer

► Collision between sender and receiver

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In data link layer, communication requires at least ___________ devices working
together

►3

►2

►4

►5

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data link control is composed of ____________ important functions.

►2

►3

►4

►5

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Error control is both error _________ and error ___________

► detection; correction

► detection; deletion

► detection; avoidance

► detection; forwarding

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

ENQ/ACK stands for______________

► Enquiry/ Acknowledgment

► Enque/ Acknowledgment

► Enquist/ Acknowledgment

► none of the given

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In __________ ARQ, if a NAK is received, only the specific damaged or lost

frame is retransmitted.

► Stop-and-wait

► Go-Back-N

► Selective repeat

► Stop-and-wait & Go-back-N

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Sliding window requires that data frames be transmitted _______________

► Sequentially

► Frequently

► Synchronously

► Asynchronously

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following combines features of the other two.

► ZMODEM

► YMODEM

► XMODEM

► None of given

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

BLAST stands for :

► Blocked asynchronous transmission

► Blocked synchronous transmission

► Barrel asynchronous transmission

► Below asynchronous transmission

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

HDLC is an acronym for ______________.

► High-duplex line communication

► High-level data link control

► Half-duplex digital link combination

► Host double-level circuit

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The HDLC ___________ field defines the beginning and end of a frame.

► Flag

► Address

► Control

► FCS

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The shortest frame in HDLC protocol is usually the _________ frame.

► Information

► Supervisory

► Management

► None of the given

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The PDU has no flag fields, no CRC, and no station address

► TRUE

► FALSE

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________ is the access protocol used by traditional Ethernet.

► CSMA/CD
 ► CSMA/CA

► Token Ring

► CSMA

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Repeater is an amplifier, not a regenerator.

► True

► False

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Bridges can divide a large ________ into smaller segments

► Network

► Packet

► Frame

► Address

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 2 )

Stop-and- wait ARQ has two control variables S and R. What are their functions?
[2]

Go-back-n ARQ
Selective Reject ARQ

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 2 )

What's the name of the telephone service in which there is no need of dialing.
Question No: 43 ( Marks: 2 )

What is meant by Transmission Impairments?

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 3 )

How does the checksum checker know that the received data unit is
undamaged? [3]

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 3 )

What is Geosynchronous satellite?

.
Question No: 46 ( Marks: 3 )

Following abbreviations stands for?

1. ARP
2. RARP
3. ICMP

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 5 )

Name and discuss briefly the bits in the HDLC control field. [5]

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 5 )

Describe method of checksum briefly?

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 5 )

What is satellite communication?

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 10 )

In how many ways TDM can be implemented? Describe any one with example.

Top

MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2009
CS601- Data Communication (Session - 1)

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In RS 422 Balanced mode two lines carry ________ signals which are not identical to
each other.
► same
► different
► digital
► analog

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The __________ generates the data and passes it along with any control information to a
___________.
► DTE; DCE
► DCE; DTE
► DCE; node
► DTE; application

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, a start bit and a stop bit frame a character byte.
► Asynchronous serial
 ► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, bits are transmitted simultaneously, each across its own
wire.
► Asynchronous serial
► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Asynchronous transmission is ___________

► slow
► costly
► non-effective
► fast

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In ____________ transmission the timing of the signal is unimportant.

►Asynchronous
►Synchronous
►Polar
►Bi-polar

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In 8QAM each signal shift or one baud represents ______.

► 4 bits
► 2 bits
► 5 bits
► 3 bits

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

PCM is the first process of PAM.

► True
► False

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Bi phase encoding is a type of bipolar encoding in which we use two voltage levels.
 ► True
► False

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The amplitude of a digital signal depends upon the________ to represent a bit.

► phase
► voltage
► wavelength

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Time domain plot show changes in signal phase with respect to time.
► True
► False

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

OSI model was developed prior to TCP/IP model.

► True
► False

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The _________ layer is the layer closest to the transmission medium.

► physical
► data link
► network
► transport

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data chunk at data link layer is called________

►frame
►packet
►datagram

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The internet model consists of _________ layers.

► three
► two
► five
► seven
Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

__________representation of links that connect nodes is called as physical topology.

►geometrical
►logical
►physical

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_______ is a multipoint topology.

► Ring
► Mesh
► Tree
► Bus

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In mesh topology, if there are five nodes then there will be _______ links.
►5
► 10
► 15
► 20

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Non proprietary standard is also termed as de facto standard.

► True
► False

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Effective network mean that the network has fast delivery, timeliness and
► high bandwidth
► duplex transmission
► accurate transmission
► low bandwidth

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )

What is purpose of distributed processing?

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 3 )

What is HDB3.

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )

Differentiates between the following terms. [10 marks]
(a) Syntax and Semantics of protocol.
(b) Network management and exchange management.
(c) Monolithic and structured.

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 10 )

Differentiate between the following terms.

a) Frequency spectrum and bandwidth.

(b) Bandwidth and throughput.

(c) Bit interval and bit rate.

Top

FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Fall 2009
CS601- Data Communication
Ref No: 1139834
Time: 120 min
Marks: 85
Student Info
Student ID: BC080402322

Center:

Exam Date:

For Teacher's Use Only

Q No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Marks

Q No. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Marks
Q No. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Marks

Q No. 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Marks

Q No. 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

Marks

Q No. 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Marks

Q No. 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56

Marks

Q No. 57 58 59

Marks
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

An unauthorized user is a network ___________ issue.

► Performance

► Reliability

► Security

► All of the given

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which is not an element of protocol

► semantics

► timing

► communication service module

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_______ is a multipoint topology.

► Ring

► Mesh

► Tree

► Bus
Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Unidirectional traffic movement is overcome by dual ring technology.

► True

► False

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Physical layer define characteristics of interface between device and _________

► transmission medium

► another device

► another peer physical layer at other side

► modem

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

________ layer deals with syntax and semantics of information exchange.

► presentation

► session

► application

► physical

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

To allow access to network resources is the function of ___________

 ► application layer

► physical layer

► network layer

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Time domain plot show changes in signal phase with respect to time.

► True

► False

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In 8QAM each signal shift or one baud represents ______.

► 4 bits

► 2 bits

► 5 bits

► 3 bits

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Modulation of an analog signal can be accomplished through changing the

___________ of the carrier signal.

► amplitude

► frequency

► phase
 ► all of the given

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

EIA 449 provides much better functionality than EIA ________

► 232

► 223

► 262

► 222

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following is an example of ITU-T modem standards:

► T-series

► X-series

► N-series

► V-series

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Traditional modems are wide spread now to a data rate of __________.

► 56 Kbps

► 72 Kbps

► 42 Kbps
 ► 96 Kbps

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In case of uploading at the switching station, data is converted to digital signal

using ___________.

► TCP

► PCM

► ICP

► TDM

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The RG number gives us information about ________.

► Twisted pairs

► Coaxial cables

► Optical fibers

► all of the given

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The _________ is an association that sponsors the use of infrared waves.

► IrDA

► EIA

► FCC
 ► PUD

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Optical fibers are defined by the ratio of the ___________ of their core to the
diameter of their cladding.

► Diameter

► Radius

► Length

► Width

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The section of EM spectrum defined as Radio Communication is divided into

_____ ranges called BANDS.

►8

► 10

►5

►6

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Radio wave transmission utilizes ___________ different types of propagation.

► Four

► Three

► Two
 ► Five

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The VLF and LF bands use _________ propagation for communications.

► Ground

► Sky

► Line of sight

► Space

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In __________ propagation, low-frequency radio waves hug the earth.

► Ground

► Sky

► Line of Sight

► Space

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

dB is ____________ if a signal is amplified.

► Negative

► Positive

► Null
 ► Zero

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Distortion occurs in a ___________ signal.

► Rectified

► Composite

► Amplified

► none of the given

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

There are ________ basic categories of multiplexing.

►3

►4

►2

►5

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In bit ____________, MUX adds extra bits to a device.

► Stuffing

► Adding

► Multiplication

► Exchanging
Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The local loop has ___________ cable that connects the subscriber telephone to
the nearest end office.

► Twisted-pair

► Coaxial

► Fiber-optic

► None of the given

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

FTTC stands for _____________

► flexible to the curb

► fiber to the curb

► fiber to the cable

► fiber to the center

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If the ASCII character G is sent and the character D is received, what type of
error is this?

► Single-bit

► Multiple-bit

► Burst
 ► Recoverable

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which error detection method can detect a single-bit error?

► Simple parity check

► Two-dimensional parity check

► CRC

► All of the given

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Flow control is needed to prevent ____________

► Bit errors

► Overflow of the sender buffer

► Overflow of the receiver buffer

► Collision between sender and receiver

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In data link layer, communication requires at least ___________ devices working

together

►3

►2

►4
 ►5

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data link control is composed of ____________ important functions.

►2

►3

►4

►5

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

____________ coordinates the amount of data that can be sent before receiving
acknowledgment

► flow control

► error control

► data control

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Primary device uses ____________ to receive transmission from the secondary

devices.

► ACK

► ENQ

► POLL
Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In a Go-Back-N ARQ, if the window size is 63, what is the range of sequence
number?

► 0 to 63

► 0 to 64

► 1 to 63

► 1 to 64

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data link protocols can be divided into ______________ sub-groups.

► two

► three

► four

► five

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

XMODEM is a ______________ protocol designed for telephone-line

communication b/w PCs.

► file transfer

► hardware

► software

► application exchange
Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

YMODEM uses ITU-T CRC-_____ for Error Checking

► 16

► 32

►8

►4

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In Y-MODEM Multiple files can be sent simultaneously

► True

► False

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

HDLC is an acronym for ______________.

► High-duplex line communication

► High-level data link control

► Half-duplex digital link combination

► Host double-level circuit

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

What is present in all HDLC control fields?

► P/F bit

► N(R)

► N(S)

► Code bits

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following sublyer, resolves the contention for the shared media

► MAC

► LLC

► Phyical

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Ethernet LANs can support data rates between _____________

► 1 and 100 Mbps

► 1 and 200 Mbps

► 1 and 500 Mbps

► 1 and 100 Gbps

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In FDDI, Token Passing is used as Access method.

► True
 ► False

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Bridges can divide a large ________ into smaller segments

► Network

► Packet

► Frame

► Address

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Like VRC, LRC and CRC, Checksum is also based on _______________.

► Redundency

► Decimal Division

► Encryption

► Encoding

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Check sum method is used for _______________ layers.

► Physical

► Application

► Transport
 ► Datalink

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following ___________ uses a series of filters to decompose

multiplexed signal into its constituent signals.

► Bridge

► MUX

► DEMUX

► Switch

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

We need ____________ to decompose a composite signal into its components.

► fourier transform

► nyquist theorem

► shannon capacity

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data from computer is in ____________ form and the local loop handles
_________ signals.

► Analog; analog

► Analog; digital

► Digital; digital

► Digital; analog
Question No: 51 ( Marks: 2 )

What is the formula to calculate the number of redundancy bits required to

correct a bit error in a given number of data bits? [2]

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 2 )

What is R G rating of coaxial cable?

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 2 )

What are the advantages of thin ethernet?

Question No: 54 ( Marks: 3 )

What is the difference between a unicast, multicast, and broadcast address? [3]

Question No: 55 ( Marks: 3 )

T lines are designed for Digital data how they can be used for Analog Transmission ?

Question No: 56 ( Marks: 3 )

What are the three types of Guided Media?

Question No: 57 ( Marks: 5 )

Why do we need Inverse Multiplexing? [5]

Question No: 58 ( Marks: 5 )

Describe method of checksum briefly?

Question No: 59 ( Marks: 10 )

Explain Asynchronous Time Division Multiplexing in detail? Also discuss its

advantages over synchronous TDM?

Ans:
Asynchronous time-division multiplexing (ATDM) is a method of sending
information that resembles normal TDM, except that time slots are
allocated as needed dynamically rather than preassigned to specific
transmitters. ATDM is more intelligent and has better bandwidth efficiency
than TDM.

Time-division multiplexing (TDM) is a type of digital or (rarely) analog

multiplexing in which two or more signals or bit streams are transferred
apparently simultaneously as sub-channels in one communication channel,
but are physically taking turns on the channel. The time domain is divided
into several recurrent timeslots of fixed length, one for each sub-channel. A
sample byte or data block of sub-channel 1 is transmitted during timeslot 1,
sub-channel 2 during timeslot 2, etc. One TDM frame consists of one
timeslot per sub-channel. After the last sub-channel the cycle starts all
over again with a new frame, starting with the second sample, byte or data
block from sub-channel 1, etc.

asynchronous time-division multiplexing comprising receive circuits (CRl/i)

supplying cells received via input links, transmit circuits (CTl/j)
transmitting retransmitted cells on output links, a buffer memory (MT)
storing the received cells and delivering the cells to be retransmitted and a
buffer memory addressing device (SMT) including a write address source
(SAE) and a read address source (fsl/j).
The switching unit further comprises a write disabling circuit (pi) conditioned by a
signal (adl) derived from the content of at least one received cell or a signal (tle)
derived from the absence of any received cell and supplying a disabling signal (spi)
and the address source includes a disabling device (pac, pal) influenced by the
disabling signal (spi) so that no memory location is then occupied in the buffer
memory (MT).

Advantages asynchronous TDM:

In asynchronous TDM, the timeslots are not fixed. They are assigned
dynamically as needed.
In order to reduce the communications costs in time-sharing systems and
multicomputer communication systems, multiplexing techniques have been
introduced to increase channel utilization. A commonly used technique is
Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing (STDM). In Synchronous Time Division
Multiplexing, for example, consider the transmission of messages from terminals to
computer, each terminal is assigned a fixed time duration. After one user's time
duration has elapsed, the channel is switched to another user. With synchronous
operation, buffering is limited to one character per user line, and addressing is
usually not required. The STDM technique, however, has certain disadvantages. As
shown in Figure 1, it is inefficient in capacity and cost to permanently assign a
segment of bandwidth that is utilized only for a portion of the time. A more flexible
system that efficiently uses the transmission facility on an "instantaneous time-
shared" basis could be used instead. The objective would be to switch from one user
to another user whenever the one user is idle, and to asynchronously time multiplex
the data. With such an arrangement, each user would be granted access to the
channel only when he has a message to transmit. This is known as an Asynchronous
Time Division Multiplexing System (ATDM). A segment of a typical ATDM data
stream is shown in Figure 2. The crucial attributes of such a multiplexing technique
are:

1. An address is required for each transmitted message, and

2. Buffering is required to handle the random message arrivals.

Top

QUIZ
CS 601 DATA COMMUNICATION

The process to send control information in the information field of I-Frame along with data is called _____________
Select correct option:

Acknowledgment management

Piggy Forwarding
 AckTrick

Piggybacking

Synchronous protocols are _____________ than Asynchronous protocols.

Select correct option:

low speed

Efficient

bad

None of the above

The application layer of TCP/IP suite is Equivalent of _________ layers of OSI model.
Select correct option:

Application, Presentation and Transport

Application, Session and Transport

Application, Presentation and Session

None of above

RARP stands for Reverse Address Resolution Protocol.

Select correct option:

True

False

FDDI, TTRT stands for _____________

Select correct option:

Target To Rotation Time

Target Token Rotation Time

Tier Target Rotation Time

 None of the above

The DSAP and SSAP are addresses used by _________ to identify the protocol stacks
Select correct option:

Network

MAC

LLC

All of above

In token ring one disabled or disconnected node will not affect the traffic flow around the entire network any how.
Select correct option:

True

False

Repeater is ___________ layer Device.

Select correct option:

Network

Physical

Data Link

None of above

In FDDI timers, THT are ________

Select correct option:

Decrementing

Incrementing

Dynamic

None of the above

Router is __________ Device.
Select correct option:

Layer one .

Intelligent.

Unintelligent.

None of above.

Top

CS601 MID 2010

alam
Q1 5 marks  -  Zero  frequency   and  infinite  frequency

Two Extremes Frequency

o What if a signal does not change at all?
o What if it maintains a constant voltage level the entire time?
In such cases , Frequency is going to be zero
o If a signal does not change, it will never complete any cycles, and frequency is
no. of cycles in 1 second so Freq = 0
o No change at all ⇒
– Zero frequency
o Instantaneous changes ⇒
– Infinite frequency

 
Q2  Asynchronous  and  Synchronous  transmission  difference
 Synchronous Transmission
Data is transmitted as an unbroken string of 1’s and 0’s and the receiver separates that
string into the bytes or characters it need to reconstruct the information
Asynchronous Transmission
o It is so named because the timing of the signal is unimportant. Instead information is
received and translated by agreed upon patterns
o Start and Stop Bits
Q3  - Analog to  Digital
 Analog-to-Digital Conversion
o We sometimes need to digitize an analog signal
o To send human voice over a long distance, we need to digitize it, since
digital signals are less prone to Noise
o This is called Analog-to-Digital Conversion or Digitizing an Analog
Signal
o This type of conversion requires a reduction of potentially infinite number
of values in the analog signal so that it can be converted to digital bit
stream with minimum loss of information.

Q4  Numerical  of  FSK  band width

 Find the minimum BW for an FSK signal transmitted at 2000 bps. TX is in half duplex
mode and carrier must be separated by 3000 Hz
Solution:
For FSK, if fc1 and fc2 are the carrier frequencies, then:
BW=Baud Rate + (fc1 – fc0)
Baud rate is the same as bit rate
BW=2000 + (fc1 – fc0) = 2000 + 3000 = 5000 Hz

Q5  And  MCQs  from  mostly  old  papers

CS601 MID 1JUNE2010

total 26 questions
20 MCQS 6 subjectives

Q.1 define bit rate?(2)

Q.2 discuss anyone of following (5)

EIA449
EIA 449
o Mechanical specifications of EIA 448 define a combination of two connectors , on
with 37 pins ( DB 37) and one with 9 pins (DB 9) for a combined 46 pins
o The functional specifications of EIA 449 give the DB 37 pins properties similar to
those of the DB 25.
o The major functional difference b/w 25 and 37 pin connectors is that all functions
relating to the secondary channel have been removed from DB 37
o Because the secondary channel is seldom used, EIA 449 separates those functions out
and puts them in the second, 9 pin connector (DB9)
o In this way, a second channel is available to systems that need it

EIA530
EIA 530
o EIA 449 provides much better functionality than EIA 232
o However it requires a DB 37 connector that industry has been reluctant
to use because of the widespread use of DB 25
o To encourage acceptance of EIA 449, EIA developed a version of
EIA-449 that uses DB 25 pins
o Pin functions of EIA 530 are essentially those of EIA 449
CATEGORY 1 pins plus three pins from category 2
o EIA 530 does not support a secondary circuit

RS422 BALANCED MODE

• RS 422 Balanced Mode
o Balanced circuit specification
o Defines two lines for the propagation of each signal
o Signal again uses a common return
o EIA utilizes all pairs of pins in category 1 but does not use the
category 2 pins
o The ration of data rate to distance is much higher in this case than EIA
232
o In balanced mode two lines carry same signal which are not identical
to each other
o Signal on one line is the complement of the other

Q.3 calculate the bandwidth (5)

if the frequencies range from 100, 300 500, 700 and 900?
ANS
B  f h  f1  900  100  800 Hz
Q.4 why we need Null modem ?(3)

Q.5 digital to digital conversion ?(3)

o Data stored in the computer is in the form of 0’s and 1’s. To be carried from
one place to the other, data is usually converted to digital signals
o This is called “Digital-to-Digital Conversion” or “Encoding digital data into
digital signals”

Q.6 bandwidth of FSK?(2)

BW of FSK
o Although FSK shifts between two carrier frequencies, it is easier to analyze as
two co-existing frequencies

o BW required for FSK is equal to the Baud rate of the signal plus the frequency
shift
o Frequency Shift=Difference b/w two carrier frequencies
o BW= (fc1 – fc0) +Nbaud

just attempted the CS601 Data Communication paper.

59 Questions, almost all MCQs containing 1 mark and only few are 2 and 3 marks. I
remember the few last questions that are as under:

Describe Multiplexing 3
Multiplexing
Multiplexing to allow multiple users to share total
capacity of a Transmission Medium

10Bas5 5

Traditional Modem 5
Traditional modems used in dial-up networking convert data between the analog form
used on telephone lines and the digital form used on computers. Standard dial-up network
modems transmit data at a maximum rate of 56,000 bits per second (56 Kbps). However,
inherent limitations of the public telephone network limit modem speeds to 33.6 Kbps or
lower in practice.
Write down the 4 basic network architectures 5
10BasT,10Bas5, Fiber Optic and other data transfer mediums 10

2day's paper,
explain asynchronous tdm aand advantages over synchronous tdm.

CRC checker

types of guided media

types of twisted pair cable.

objectives from midterm and final term.

Total quetions 59.

MCQs = 50

What kind of arithmetic is used to add segments in checksum generator and checker? [2]

Where Extreme High Frequency is used? [2]

Find LCR for followin: [3]

10101010 10011000 10100011

What is Ethernet Switch? [3]

Write names of different types of noise in medium. [3]

A computer using a sliding window of size 7. Complete the sequence for 20 packets
0,1,2,3,4,5,6....... [5]

What is Frequency Division Multiplexing? [5]

What is Flow Control? Describe its method in detail? [10]

Questions##
digital to digital conversion

EIA449
EIA530
EIA232B
specificatons

osi model

and topotlgy
are the mein questions

Question1: Describe the types of NRZ? 5 marks

Question2: How signals can be controlled? 3 marks

Question3: Differentiate b/w 4QAM & 8QAM? 5 marks

which topoplogy has max I/0 ports?

Line correction is done by which layer?

Which signal is affected by Voice?

Q1 5 marks - Zero frequency and infinite frequency

Q2 Asynchronous and Synchronous transmission difference

Q3 - Analog to Digital

Q4 Numerical of FSK band width

Q5 And MCQs from mostly old papers

spring midterm2010 paper

total 26 questions
20 MCQS 6 subjectives

Q.1 define bit rate?(2)

Q.2 discuss anyone of following (5)

EIA449
EIA530
RS422 BALANCED MODE

Q.3 calculate the bandwidth (5)

if the frequences range from 100, 300 500, 700 and 900?

Q.4 why we need Null modem ?(3)

Q.5 digital to digital conversion ?(3)

Q.6 bandwidth of FSK?(2)

EIA449 description 5 marks, carrire description 3 marks

CS601
total 26 questions
20 MCQS 6 subjectives

Q.1 define bit rate?(2)

Q.2 discuss anyone of following (5)

EIA449
EIA530
RS422 BALANCED MODE

Q.3 calculate the bandwidth (5)

if the frequences range from 100, 300 500, 700 and 900?

Q.4 why we need Null modem ?(3)

Q.5 digital to digital conversion ?(3)

Q.6 bandwidth of FSK?(2)

Top

MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2009
CS601- Data Communication (Session - 1)

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Effective network mean that the network has fast delivery, timeliness and
high bandwidth
duplex transmission
accurate transmission
low bandwidth
Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If several devices can share the link simultaneously it is termed as time shared
system.
True
False
Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which topology requires a multipoint connection?
Mesh
Star
Bus
Ring
Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Layers 5, 6 and 7 also called as network support layers.
True
False
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Internet with small “i” specifies the world wide Network the actual internet.
True
False
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The _______________ layer changes bits into electromagnetic signals.
physical
data link
transport
none of given
Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
To allow access to network resources is the function of ___________
application layer
physical layer
network layer
Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A periodic signal completes one cycle in 0.001 s. What is the frequency?
1 Hz
100 Hz

Page 3
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
1 KHz
1 MHz
Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The collection of all component frequencies is called __________
throughput
frequency spectrum
bandwidth
Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Analog to digital conversion is also termed as modulating an analog signal.
True
False
Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Manchester is a type of ____________encoding.
biphase
polar
biphase & polar
none of the given
Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
PCM is the first process of PAM.
True
False

Page 4
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The sampling rate must be at least________the highest frequency.
twice
thrice
four time
half
Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In case of ASK a bit is represented by varying the_______ of carrier signal.
amplitude
frequency
time
amplitude and frequency
Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The advantage of _______ is the reduction in the amount of energy required to
transmit information.
on off keying
ASK
un-intentional voltage
Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
ASK require a minimum bandwidth equal to its baud rate.
True

Page 5
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
False
Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In 8QAM each signal shift or one baud represents ______.
3 bits
4 bits
2 bits
5 bits
Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which modulation technique involves tribits, eight different phase shifts, and one
amplitude?
FSK
8-PSK
ASK
4-PSK
Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Modulation of an analog signal can be accomplished through changing the
___________ of the carrier signal.
amplitude
frequency
phase
all of the given
Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Page 6
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
The last modified version of EIA-232 standard is ______________
EIA-232 D
EIA-232 A
EIA-232 B
EIA-232 C
Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )
What are properties of signals?
Question No: 22 ( Marks: 3 )
Write down advantages of Ring Topology.
Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )
Write a note on Full duplex mode of transmission.
Question No: 24 ( Marks: 10 )
What do you know about DC component and synchronization problems. Explain
it by keeping in view uni polar and NRZ-I encoding schemes

Top
If there are images in this attachment, they will not be displayed. Download the original
attachment
Page 1
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2009
CS601- Data Communication (Session - 1)
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Information must be processed and convert to __________before transmission
Electromagnetic signal
Analog data
data
Digital data
Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Transmitting passwords is the responsibility of
communication service module
network access module
file transfer application
Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In mesh topology, if there are five nodes then there will be _______ links.
5
10
15
20
Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_______ is a multipoint topology.
________________________________________
Page 2
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
Ring
Mesh
Tree
Bus
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In packet switching all the data packets follows the same path.
True
False
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If a station does not receive its signal up to a specified time that system issue an
alarm to ____________
another node
network manager
switch
network analyser
Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A periodic signal can always be decomposed into _____________
exactly an odd number of sine waves
a set of sine waves
set of sine waves, one of the which must have a phase of 0
0
none of the given
Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
________________________________________
Page 3
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
Time domain plot show changes in signal phase with respect to time.
True
False
Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
3dB is also called as power bandwidth.
True
False
Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Zero crossing bandwidth is also called as equivalent noise bandwidth.
True
False
Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The collection of all component frequencies is called __________
throughput
frequency spectrum
bandwidth
Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Manchester is a type of ____________encoding.
biphase
polar
________________________________________
Page 4
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
biphase & polar
none of the given
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In Alternate mark inversion the term mark comes from_________
telephony
telegraphy
digital telephony
Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Quantization means measuring amplitudes of signal at equal intervals.
True
False
Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The last process in PCM is _________ digital data into digital signal.
encoding
decoding
modulating
Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In case of ASK a bit is represented by varying the_______ of carrier signal.
amplitude
frequency
________________________________________
Page 5
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
time
amplitude and frequency
Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The advantage of _______ is the reduction in the amount of energy required to
transmit information.
on off keying
ASK
un-intentional voltage
Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In 4PSK each phase change represents ______bits.
2
4
3
6
Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Synchronous transmission have _____________.
a start bit
a stop bit
gaps between bytes
none of the given
Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
________________________________________
Page 6
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
A human brain is considered as a ___________
driver
machine
DTE
DCE
Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )
What is amplitude of a signal and how it is measured?
Question No: 22 ( Marks: 3 )
Write down the formula to find the number of links and number of I/O ports to
connect n devices in mesh topology.
Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )
How bandwidth is calculated?
If a periodic signal is decomposed into five sine waves with frequencies 100, 300,
500, 700, and 900 Hz, what is the Bandwidth?
Question No: 24 ( Marks: 10 )
What do you know about dedicated link topology. How number of links and
number of I/O ports are calculated using this topology? [10]

Top

If there are images in this attachment, they will not be displayed. Download the original
attachment
Page 1
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2009
CS601- Data Communication (Session - 1)
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_______ is a multipoint topology.
Ring
Mesh
Tree
Bus
Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which topology requires a central controller or hub?
Mesh
Star
Bus
Ring
Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_______ is used to define the direction of the signal flow between the linked
devices.
transmission mode
transmission method
transmission impairments
Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Unidirectional traffic movement is overcome by dual ring technology.
________________________________________
Page 2
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
True
False
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
As the data packet moves from the lower to the upper layers, headers are
__________.
added
subtracted
rearranged
modified
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Line configuration is the function of ____________ layer
data link
network
physical
transport
Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which layer is responsible for source to destination delivery of entire message?
transport layer
network layer
session layer
application layer
________________________________________
Page 3
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
OSI model was developed prior to TCP/IP model.
True
False
Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Time domain plot show changes in signal phase with respect to time.
True
False
Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Zero crossing bandwidth is also called as equivalent noise bandwidth.
True
False
Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Analog to digital conversion is also termed as modulating an analog signal.
True
False
Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The inversion of the level at 1 bit is called as __________
NRZ-L
NRZ-I
________________________________________
Page 4
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
RZ
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In differential Manchester we require two transition or signal changes to
represent binary_____
zero
one
both zero and one
Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Bi phase and bipolar are same terms.
True
False
Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Quantization means measuring amplitudes of signal at equal intervals.
True
False
Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The sampling rate must be at least________the highest frequency.
twice
thrice
four time
half
________________________________________
Page 5
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The advantage of _______ is the reduction in the amount of energy required to
transmit information.
on off keying
ASK
un-intentional voltage
Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In _____________ transmission, bits are transmitted over a single wire, one at a
time.
Asynchronous serial
Synchronous serial
Parallel
Asynchronous & Synchronous serial
Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
At the ______________layer, a DCE takes data generated by a DTE.
physical
transport
data link
application
Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In RS 422 Balanced mode two lines carry ________ signals which are not
identical to each other.
________________________________________
Page 6
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
same
different
digital
analog
Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )
How much bandwidth for modem is required in case of FSK?
Question No: 22 ( Marks: 3 )
When and why recovery techniques are required in data communication?
Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )
How bandwidth is calculated?
If a periodic signal is decomposed into five sine waves with frequencies 100, 300,
500, 700, and 900 Hz, what is the Bandwidth?
Question No: 24 ( Marks: 10 )
Explain the merit and demerits of ASK. What do you know about bit and baud
rate in ASK explain?
If there are images in this attachment, they will not be displayed. Download the original
attachment
Page 1
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2009
CS601- Data Communication (Session - 1)
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_______ is a multipoint topology.
Ring
Mesh
Tree
Bus
Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which topology requires a central controller or hub?
Mesh
Star
Bus
Ring
Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_______ is used to define the direction of the signal flow between the linked
devices.
transmission mode
transmission method
transmission impairments
Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Unidirectional traffic movement is overcome by dual ring technology.
________________________________________
Page 2
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
True
False
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
As the data packet moves from the lower to the upper layers, headers are
__________.
added
subtracted
rearranged
modified
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Line configuration is the function of ____________ layer
data link
network
physical
transport
Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which layer is responsible for source to destination delivery of entire message?
transport layer
network layer
session layer
application layer
________________________________________
Page 3
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
OSI model was developed prior to TCP/IP model.
True
False
Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Time domain plot show changes in signal phase with respect to time.
True
False
Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Zero crossing bandwidth is also called as equivalent noise bandwidth.
True
False
Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Analog to digital conversion is also termed as modulating an analog signal.
True
False
Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The inversion of the level at 1 bit is called as __________
NRZ-L
NRZ-I
________________________________________
Page 4
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
RZ
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In differential Manchester we require two transition or signal changes to
represent binary_____
zero
one
both zero and one
Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Bi phase and bipolar are same terms.
True
False
Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Quantization means measuring amplitudes of signal at equal intervals.
True
False
Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The sampling rate must be at least________the highest frequency.
twice
thrice
four time
half
________________________________________
Page 5
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The advantage of _______ is the reduction in the amount of energy required to
transmit information.
on off keying
ASK
un-intentional voltage
Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In _____________ transmission, bits are transmitted over a single wire, one at a
time.
Asynchronous serial
Synchronous serial
Parallel
Asynchronous & Synchronous serial
Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
At the ______________layer, a DCE takes data generated by a DTE.
physical
transport
data link
application
Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In RS 422 Balanced mode two lines carry ________ signals which are not
identical to each other.
________________________________________
Page 6
WWW.VUMONSTER.COM
JOIN NOW
Join: http://vumonster.ning.com For Exclusive Projects, Reports & Latest Papers
same
different
digital
analog
Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )
How much bandwidth for modem is required in case of FSK?
Question No: 22 ( Marks: 3 )
When and why recovery techniques are required in data communication?
Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )
How bandwidth is calculated?
If a periodic signal is decomposed into five sine waves with frequencies 100, 300,
500, 700, and 900 Hz, what is the Bandwidth?
Question No: 24 ( Marks: 10 )
Explain the merit and demerits of ASK. What do you know about bit and baud
rate in ASK explain?

Top

cs601 Data communication Fresh Midterm 2009

MIDTERM  EXAMINATION

Question No: 1      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Effective network mean that the network has fast delivery, timeliness and

► high bandwidth

► duplex transmission

► accurate transmission

► low bandwidth

Question No: 2      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one best describes the given statement:

 
"To allow multiple users to share total capacity of a transmission medium"

► congestion control

► exchange management

► multiplexing

Question No: 3      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A_________ provides a model for development that makes it possible for a product to
work regardless of the individual manufacturer.

► protocol

► standard

► topology

► system

Question No: 4      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_______ is a multipoint topology.

► Ring

► Mesh

► Tree

► Bus

Question No: 5      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________requires the maximum number of I/O ports.

► Bus
► Star

► Mesh

► Ring

Question No: 6      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

________ topology tells us how networks communicate with one another and how data is
transferred.

► logical

► physical

► logical and physical

Question No: 7      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which topology requires a multipoint connection?

► Mesh

► Star

► Bus

► Ring

Question No: 8      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Headers are added at layers 1 and 7 of OSI model.

► True

► False
Question No: 9      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Internet with small “i” specifies the world wide Network the actual internet.

► True

► False

Question No: 10      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The internet model consists of _________ layers.

► three

► two

► five

► seven

Question No: 11      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

As the data packet moves from the lower to the upper layers, headers are __________.

► added

► subtracted

► rearranged

► modified

Question No: 12      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data link layer deals with mechanical and electrical specifications of transmission
medium and interface
► True

► False

Question No: 13      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which layer is responsible for source to destination delivery of entire message?

► transport layer

► network layer

► session layer

► application layer

Question No: 14      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The inversion of the level at 1 bit is called as __________

► NRZ-L

► NRZ-I

► RZ

Question No: 15      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the encoding schemes have bandwidth problems?

► Differential Manchester

► AMI

► RZ
Question No: 16      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Bi phase encoding is a type of bipolar encoding in which we use two voltage levels.

► True

► False

Question No: 17      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

ASK require a minimum bandwidth equal to its baud rate.

► True

► False

Question No: 18      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A 56k modem can download at a rate of __________ Kbps and upload at a rate of
__________ Kbps.

► 33.6: 33.6

► 33.6: 56.6

► 56.6: 33.6

► 56.6: 56.6

Question No: 19      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In ____________ transmission the timing of the signal is unimportant.

► Asynchronous

► Synchronous
► Polar

► Bi-polar

Question No: 20      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

There are _________________ basic functional units involved in the communication of

data.

►3

►1

►2

►4

Question No: 21      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

At the ______________layer, a DCE takes data generated by a DTE.

► physical

► transport

► data link

► application

Question No: 22      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The last modified version of EIA-232 standard is ______________

► EIA-232 D

► EIA-232 A

► EIA-232 B
► EIA-232 C

Question No: 23      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Traditional telephony lines carry frequencies btw 300 Hz and 3300 Hz giving them a
bandwidth of 3000 Hz.

► 3100

► 3000

► 3200

► 3300

Question No: 24      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

We need ____________ to decompose a composite signal into its components.

► fourier transform

► nyquist theorem

► shannon capacity

Question No: 25      ( Marks: 3 )

At which layer synchronization of Bits occur and how?

Question No: 26      ( Marks: 5 )

What is meant by Zero Frequency and Infinite Frequency?

Question No: 27      ( Marks: 10 )

 
Describe functions of each layer of  OSI Model briefly?

Top

MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Fall 2009
CS601- Data Communication (Session - 2)
Time: 60 min
Marks: 42
Student Info
StudentID:

Center: OPKST

ExamDate: 12/14/2009 12:00:00 AM

For Teacher's Use Only

Q 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total
No.
Marks

Q No. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Marks

Q No. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Marks

Q No. 25 26 27

Marks
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one best describes the given statement:

"To allow multiple users to share total capacity of a transmission medium"

► congestion control
► exchange management
► multiplexing

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Transmitting passwords is the responsibility of

► communication service module
► network access module
► file transfer application

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Line configuration refers to the way two or more devices attach to a ______.
► Link
► Circuit
► Route
► Node

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Secondary hub in a tree must be a passive hub.

► True
► False

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In mesh topology, if there are five nodes then there will be _______ links.
►5
► 10
► 15
► 20

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Line configuration is the function of ____________ layer

► data link
► network
► physical
 ► transport

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data link layer deals with mechanical and electrical specifications of transmission
medium and interface
► True
► False

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Session layer is responsible for segmentation and reassembly.

► True
► False

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A signal that repeats a pattern over a regular interval of time is called_______.

► periodic signal
► analog signal
► composite signal

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Signal can be controlled by three attributes: Amplitude, frequency and _______.

► phase
► time
► wavelength

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Frequency band in which 99% of the total power resides is called_______

► power bandwidth
► half power bandwidth
► 3dB bandwidth
► F.M.

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The amplitude of a digital signal depends upon the________ to represent a bit.

► phase
► voltage
► wavelength

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

DC component is also termed as Direct current component or a component with
non-zero frequency.
► False
► True

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The last process in PCM is _________ digital data into digital signal.

► encoding
► decoding
► modulating

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The powerful carrier signal is called as the___________

► carrier frequency
► base signal
► carrier frequency and base signal
► none of given

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In 8QAM each signal shift or one baud represents ______.

► 4 bits
► 2 bits
► 5 bits
► 3 bits

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following is most affected by noise? ASK(options are not shown)
► 
► 
► 
► 

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Modulation of an analog signal can be accomplished through changing the

___________ of the carrier signal.
►amplitude
►frequency
►phase
►all of the given
Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In ____________ transmission the timing of the signal is unimportant.

► Asynchronous
► Synchronous
► Polar
► Bi-polar

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, bits are transmitted simultaneously, each

across its own wire.
► Asynchronous serial
► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, bits are transmitted over a single wire, one at a

time.
► Asynchronous serial
► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In _____________ transmission, a start bit and a stop bit frame a character byte.
► Asynchronous serial
► Synchronous serial
► Parallel
► Asynchronous & Synchronous serial

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A ______________ converts an analog signal into a digital signal.

► Demodulator
► Modulator
► Digital-to-analog converter

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________ requires more bandwidth.

► FSK
► ASK
 ► PSK
► QAM

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 3 )

Why we need a Null Modem?

NULL MODEM
o Suppose you need to connect two DTEs in the same building, for example two
workstations
o Modems are not needed to connect two compatible devices directly
o The TX never needs to cross analog lines, such as telephone lines and
therefore does not need to be modulated
o But you do need an interface to handle the exchanging , just as EIA 232 DTE-
DCE cable does
o The solution is a NULL Modem
o A null modem provide DTA –DTE interface w/o DCEs
o But why use a Null Modem
o If all you need is the interface, why not just a a standard EIA 232 cable?
o Part a shows a connection using a telephone network
o Part b shows what happens when we use the same connections between two
DTEs
o The receive circuit is void because it has been isolated completely for the TX
o The tx cct 2 endsup full of collision noise

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 5 )

Describe different types of NRZ encoding scheme?

Non Return to Zero (NRZ)
o In NRZ Encoding, the level of signal is either positive or negative
o NRZ-L
Level of the signal depends on the type of bit it represents
A +ve voltage usually means the bit is a 1 and a –ve voltage means the
bit is a 0 (vice versa)
Problem with NRZ-L: When long streams of 0’s or 1’s are there in data,
Rx receives a continuous voltage and should determine how many bits are
sent by relying on its clock , which may or may not be synchronized with
the sender clock
o NRZ-I
The inversion of the level represents a 1 bit
A bit 0 is represented by no change
NRZ-I is superior to NRZ-L due to synchronization provided by signal
change each time a 1 bit is encountered
The string of 0’s can still cause problem but since 0’s are not as likely,
they are less of a problem
Question No: 27 ( Marks: 10 )

Describe functions of each layer of OSI Model briefly?

layer of OSI Model
1. Physical (Bits)
Physical (Layer 1)
o Coordinates the functions required to transmit a bit stream over a physical medium
o Deals with mechanical and electrical specifications of Tx. Medium and Interface
o Also defines procedures and functions that physical devices and interfaces need to
perform for TX. To occur (Figure)

2. Data Link (Frames)

o Transforms physical layer which is raw transmission facility to a reliable link
o Responsible for Node to Node Delivery
o Makes physical layer look error free to the upper layer

3. Network (Packets)
o Responsible for Source-to-Destination delivery
o DL Layer oversees the delivery of data between 2 systems on the same network
o Network Layer ensures that each packet gets from its point of origin to its final
destination
Node –to Node vs Source to Destination
If the two systems are connected to the same network, there is no need for
Network layer and node –to node delivery is enough
If two systems are connected to two different networks, there is often a
need for Source-to destination delivery
4. Transport (Segment)
o Responsible for Source-to-Destination delivery of Entire Message
o Network Layer oversees source-to-destination delivery of the entire packets but it
does not recognize any relationship b/w those packets
o Network layer treats each packet independently
o Transport Layer ensures that whole message arrives at the destination intact
5. Session (Dialog units)
Session Layer
o Session layer is the Network Dialog Controller
o Establishes, Maintains, and Synchronizes the interaction between
communicating systems

6. Presentation (Raw Data)

Presentation Layer
o This layer is concerned with Syntax and Semantics of info exchange between
two systems

7. Application (Text, Numbers)

Application Layer
o Enables the user either human or software to access the network
o It provides user interface and support for the services such as Electronic mail,
Remote File access and Transfer, Shared Database Management and other
services

FUNCTIONS
1. Physical (Bits)
o Physical Characteristics of Interface & Media
Defines characteristics of Interface b/w device and Tx Medium
Interface is a plug gable connector that joins one or more signal conductors
Also defines the type of transmission medium
o Representation of Bits/Encoding
The physical layer data consists of a stream of bits (sequence of 1’s and 0’s)
To be transmitted the bits must be ENCODED into signals: Electrical or
Optical
Physical layer decides the type of ENCODING
o Data Rate / Transmission Rate
Date Rate ( Bits per second) also decided by the Physical Layer
So , Physical layer defines the Duration of a Bit
Means how long will a bit last
o Synchronization of Bits
Sender and Receiver must be synchronized at the bit level
Sender and Receiver clocks must be synchronized
It is done by Physical layer
o Line Configuration
Physical Layer is also concerned with Line Configuration
Line Configuration represents the connection of device with the Medium
Point-To-Point or Multipoint
o Physical Topology
Mesh, Star, Ring, Bus etc.
o Transmission Mode
Physical Layer also defines the direction of Transmission between the devices
Simplex. Half Duplex, Full Duplex

• Functions of Data Link Layer

o Framing
The data link divides the stream of bits from Network layer into manageable
data units called “ FRAMES”. This process is known as Framing.
o Physical Addressing
Frames need to be transmitted to different systems on a network
Data Link layer adds a HEADER to Frame
Header defines the physical address of sender(Source address) and/or receiver
address (Destination address)
If frame is intended for a device outside the network, the receiver address is
the address of the device that connects one network to the other
o Flow Control
Data Link layer imposes Flow Control mechanisms to prevent overwhelming
the receiver
o Error Control
Data link layer adds reliability to physical layer by adding mechanisms to
detect and retransmit lost or damaged frames
Also uses a mechanism to prevent duplication of frames
Error Control bits are added to the form in the TRAILER
o Access Control
Two or more devices may be connected to a single link
Data link protocols are necessary to determine which device will have the
control of the link at a given time
EXAMPLE
• Node with physical address 10 sends a frame to a node with
physical address 87
• Two nodes are connected by a link.
• At the DL level, this frame contains physical address in the
Header, This is the only address needed at this level
• Rest of header contains other info as needed
• Trailer contains extra bits needed for error detection
• Function of Network Layer
o Logical Addressing
Physical addressing implemented by Data link layer handles addressing
problem locally
If a packet is going from one network to another, we need another addressing
system to help distinguish source & destination systems
Network layer adds Header to the data coming from upper layers that among
other things include LOGICAL ADDRESS of the sender and receiver
o Routing
When independent networks or links are connected together to create an
“internetwork”, the internetworking devices route packets to their final
destination
Routers are those internetworking devices
One of the functions of Network layer is to define this route
Example Network Layer
•
We want to send data from a node with network address ‘A’ and physical
address 10, located on one LAN to
•
A node with network address P and physical address 95 located on
another LAN
•
Because the two nodes are present on two different networks, we cannot
use physical address only
•
We need a Network address that can pass us from the Network
boundaries
•
The packet therefore contains the logical address which remains the same
from source to destination
•
The physical address will change when packet moves from one network
to the other
•
The box with R is a Router
• Functions of Transport Layer
o Service Point Addressing
Computers run several programs at the same time
Source-to-Destination delivery means delivery not only from only from one
computer to the other but also from a specific process on one computer to a
specific process on the other
Transport layer header includes a type of address called Service Point Address
or PORT Address
Network layer each packet to the correct computer while Transport layer gets
entire message to the correct process on that comuter
o Segmentation and Reassembly
Message is divided into transmittable segments
Each segment contains a sequence number
These sequence no.s enable Transport layer at the receiving m/c to reassemble
message correctly at the destination and to identify and replace lost packets
o Connection Control
Transport layer can be either connection-less or connection-oriented
ConnectionLess
Treats each segment as an independent packet and delivers it to the
trasport layer of the destination m/c
Connection-Oriented
A connection is established first with Transport layer before
delivering the packet .
After all data is Tx. , the connection is disconnected
o Flow Control
Like Data link layer, Transport layer is also responsible for Flow control
Flow control is performed end-to-end rather than across a single link
o Error Control
Like data link layer, Transport layer is responsible for the Error Control
Error control is performed end-to-end
This layer makes sure that entire message reaches Rx Transport layer w/o
error
Error can be a result of Lost, damaged or duplicated data and usually Re Tx is
done
Function of Session Layer
o Dialog Control
Session layer allows two systems to enter into a dialog.
It allows communication between two processes to take place either in
half duplex or full duplex mode
o Synchronization
Session layer allows a process to add check points (synchronization
points) in a stream of data
If a system is sending a file of 2000 pages, it is advisable to insert check
points after every 100 page to ensure that each 100 page unit is received
and acknowledged independently
In this case, if a crash happens during the transmission of page 523 ,
retransmission at page 501
Page 1-500 need not be retransmitted
• Functions of Presentation Layer
o Translation
The processes (running programs) in two systems are usually exchanging
info in the form of character strings, numbers and so on…..
The info should be changed to bit streams before being transmitted
Because different computers use different ENCODING SYSTEMS,
presentation layer is responsible for interoperability b/w these different
encoding methods
The presentation layer at the sender changes the info from its sender-
dependent format to the common format
The presentation at the receiver changes info from common to the receiver
dependent format
o Encryption
To carry sensitive info , a system must be able to assure privacy
Encryption means that sender transforms original info to another form and
sends the resulting message out over the network
Decryption reverses the original process to transform message back to its
original form
o Compression
Data compression reduces the number of bits to be transmitted
Data compression becomes particularly important in transmission of
multimedia such as text, audio and video
Application Layer Functions
Network Virtual Terminal
o NVT is a software version of a physical terminal and allows a user to log on to
a remote host
o To do so the application created emulation of terminal at the remote host
o Users computer talks to the software terminal which in turn talks to the host
*& vice versa
o Remote host believes it is communication with one of its own terminals and
allow you to log on
File Transfer, Access & Manag.(FTAM)
o This application allows a user to access file on the remote computers to make
changes or read data
o The purpose of this access is to Retrieve files from a remote computer and to
manage or control files in that remote computer
Mail Services
o This application provides the basis for email forwarding and storage
Directory Services
o Provides distributed database sources and access for global info about various
objects and services

Top

MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
CS601- Data Communication
Time: 60 min
Marks: 40

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which topology requires a central controller or hub?

► Mesh

► Star

► Bus

► Ring

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Unidirectional traffic movement is overcome by dual ring technology.

► True

► False
Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one best describes the given statement:

"To allow multiple users to share total capacity of a transmission medium"

► congestion control

► exchange management

► multiplexing

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one is not among standard creation committee.

► internet society and IETF

► ITU-T

► IEEE

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Set of rules that govern communication is called

► OSI model

► Protocol

► TCP/IP model

► Datagram
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Frequency of a failure and network recovery time after a failure are measures of the
____________ of a network.

► Performance

► Reliability

► Security

► Feasibility

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

3dB is also called as power bandwidth.

► True

► False

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

ASK, PSK, FSK and QAM are examples of ____________ modulation.

► digital-to-digital

► digital-to-analog

► analog-to-analog

► analog-to-digital

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Packet switching is a connection oriented service.

► True

► False

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data synchronization is a function related with ___________

► session layer

► presentation layer

► transport

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Fourier transform tells us that any digital signal can be decomposed into infinite number
of periodic signals

► True

► False

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The internet model consists of _________ layers.

► three

► two

► five

► seven
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Analog to digital conversion is also termed as modulating an analog signal.

► True

► False

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

PCM is the first process of PAM.

► True

► False

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A modulator converts a(n) ____________ signal to a(n) ____________ signal.

► FSK: PSK

► Digital: analog

► Analog: digital

► PSK: FSK

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The _______________ layer changes bits into electromagnetic signals.

► physical
 ► data link

► transport

► none of given

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

We need ____________ to decompose a composite signal into its components.

► fourier transform

► nyquist theorem

► shannon capacity

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The bit rate always equals the baud rate in which type of signal?

► FSK

► QAM

► 4-PSK

► PSK

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

There are _____possible variations of 16 QAM.

► five

► two

► three
 ► four

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Number of signal units per second that are required to represent a bit is called bit rate.

► True

► False

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )

Write down three characteristics of Sine Wave.

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 2 )

A Sine wave has a frequency of 6 Hz. What is its period?

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 3 )

Give similarities between 4 QAM & 8 QAM.

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 3 )

What is digital signal? Give an example

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 5 )

Difference between Phase Modulation(PM) with Frequency Modulation(FM)?

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 5 )

Write down the criteria or technique that we follow for assigning integral values to
sampled signals and also its conversion into binary format. Explain it?

See Lecture No 16 Analogue to digital Conversion

Top

Download the original attachment

Your browser may not support display of this image.

MCQS of Cs601
( lecture No. 01 to 10 )
Attention:
Material on Vulhr.com is Legally Copyrighted under Pakistan Law. Publishing it in any
way is illegal and will be a Police Case.
Question # 1
Data communication is the exchange of information one entity to other using a
Transmission_________.
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Signal
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 2
The _______ is the physical path over which a message travels.
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Signal
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 3
The information to be communicated in a data communications system is the
_______.
1) : Medium
2) : Protocol
3) : Message
4) : Transmission
 Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 4
Medium twisted wire have speed to transform the information ___________
1) : 300bps-10Mbps
2) : 256Kbps-100Mbps
3) : 56Kbps-200Mbps
4) : 500Kbps-10Gbps
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 5
Medium Microwave have speed to transform the information ___________
1) : 300bps-10Mbps
2) : 256Kbps-100Mbps
3) : 56Kbps-200Mbps
4) : 500Kbps-10Gbps
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 6
Medium Coaxial Cable have speed to transform the information ___________
1) : 300bps-10Mbps
2) : 256Kbps-100Mbps
3) : 56Kbps-200Mbps
4) : 500Kbps-10Gbps
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 7
Medium Fiber Optic Cable have speed to transform the information ___________
1) : 300bps-10Mbps
2) : 256Kbps-100Mbps
3) : 56Kbps-200Mbps
4) : 500Kbps-10Gbps
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 8
A set of rules that govern on the flow of Data/information in a communication
System is called______________
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Signal
4) : Ring
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 9
_______is a Communication dialog between network users or applications.
1) : Session
 2) : Node
3) : Protocol
4) : Medium
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 10
Two or more devices connecting to each other to exchange the information is
called __________________
1) : Session
2) : Node
3) : Network
4) : Medium
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 11
In a network each attached device is called _______
1) : Session
2) : Node
3) : Network
4) : Medium
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 12
Mail services are available to network users through the _______ layer.
1) : Data link
2) : Physical
3) : Application
4) : Transport
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 10
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 13
Which of the following is an application layer service?
1) : Remote log-in
2) : File transfer and access
3) : Mail service
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 10
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 14
The physical communication pathway that transfers data from one device to
another is called ______________
1) : Link
2) : Path
3) : Circuit
4) : Routing
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 15
End to End rout Within a Network is called ________
1) : Link
2) : Path
3) : Circuit
4) : Routing
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 16
In the original ARPANET, _______ were directly connected together.
1) : IMPs
2) : host computers
3) : networks
4) : routers
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 17
This was the first network.
1) : CSNET
2) : ANSNET
3) : ARPANET
4) : NSFNET
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 18
Well Designed Softwae can speed up the Process
1) : TRUE
2) : FALSE
3) :
4) :
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 19
There are 5 Factors on which performance depend. Chose one set
1) : Number of Users, medium type, Hardware, software and Network criteria
2) : Number of Users,Nodes, Hardware, software and Network criteria
3) : Number of Users,Nodes, Hardware, software and Network
4) : None of the Given
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 20
Frequency of failure and network recovery time after a failure is measures of the
_______ of a network.
1) : Performance
2) : Reliability
 3) : Security
4) : Feasibility
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 21
An unauthorized user is a network _______ issue.
1) : Performance
2) : Reliability
3) : Security
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 22
Example of the Network application for Teleconferencing is _______
1) : Conferenc
2) : Video
3) : Video Conferencing
4) : None of the Given
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 23
The complete path between two terminals over which can communicate is called
______
1) : Link
2) : path
3) : Circuit
4) : routing
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 24
Node can be a computer, printer or any other device capable of sending or
receiving.
1) : TRUE
2) : FALSE
3) :
4) :
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 25
One Advantages of the Distributed processing is _______
1) : Collaborative Processing
2) : Multitasking
3) : Network
4) : Fast and Costly
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 26
The boundary between two pieces if equipment is called _________
1) : Interface
2) : Signal Genreation
3) : Network
4) : None of the Given
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 27
Which one are the communication tasks ______________
1) : Signal and sending data
2) : Addressing, Communicate, sending Data
3) : Interface, routing and Security
4) : There are not Tasks for Communications
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 28
What , How to and when to communicated is defined bye
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Signal
4) : Transmission
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 29
Key elements of the Protocol are _________________
1) : Signals, Semantic and Tuning
2) : Syntax, Semantic and Tuning
3) : Protocol, Interface and Tuning
4) : Tuning, Interface and Routing
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 30
The Structure of format of data, meaning the order in which key are presented is
known as ___________
1) : Semantic
2) : Tuning
3) : Signals
4) : Syntax
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 31
________ Refer to the meaning of each section bits.
1) : Semantic
2) : Tuning
3) : Signals
 4) : Syntax
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 32
When data should be sent and how fast it be sent is decided by________
1) : Semantic
2) : Tuning
3) : Signals
4) : Syntax
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 33
_______ refers to two characteristics: when data should be sent and how fast it
can be sent.
1) : Semantics
2) : Syntax
3) : Timing
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 34
There are two Main type of Standards________
1) : De facto and De Law
2) : De facto and De jure
3) : Proprietary and De Facto
4) : No Proprietary and Proprietary
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 35
No Proprietary and Proprietary are subtype of ______
1) : Open
2) : De Law
3) : De Jure
4) : De Facto
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 36
Standards are developed mainly bye __________ entities:
1) : 6
2) : 4
3) : 3
4) : 2
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 37
There are ________ and they are slow moving and cannot co-op with the fast
growing communication industry.
1) : Procedural Bodies
2) : Many Propels
3) : Some Engineers
4) : Many Engineers
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 38
International standard Organization includes representatives from _____ countries
1) : 82
2) : 150
3) : 83
4) : 68
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 39
V series, X Series and ISDN (integrated Services Digital Network) are Defined
bay ______
1) : ISO
2) : ITU-T
3) : CCITT
4) : ANSI
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 40
___ submits Proposal to ITU-T
1) : USA
2) : ISO
3) : IEEE
4) : ANSI
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 41
______ Is the World largest society of professional engineers.
1) : USA
2) : ISO
3) : IEEE
4) : ANSI
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 42
IEEE is stand for ______________________________
1) : International Electrical and Electronics Engineers
2) : International Electrically and Electronics Engineers
3) : International Educated Electrically Engineers
4) : None of the Given
 Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 43
_____refer to the way two or more devices attach to a link
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Line Configuration
4) : Transmission
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 44
A _______ connection provides a dedicated link between two devices.
1) : point-to-point
2) : multipoint
3) : primary
4) : secondary
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 45
In a _______ connection, more than two devices can share a single link.
1) : point-to-point
2) : multipoint
3) : primary
4) : secondary
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 46
In a ______ connection, two and only two devices are connected by a dedicated
link.
1) : multipoint
2) : point-to-point
3) : ( and (
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 47
In a ________ connection, three or more devices share a link.
1) : multipoint
2) : point-to-point
3) : ( and (
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 48
If several devices can share the link simultaneously, its called spatially shared
_______
 1) : Spatial Shared
2) : Temporal Shared
3) : point-to-point
4) : multipoint
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 49
If user must take turns using the link, then it’s called ___________________
1) : Spatial Shared
2) : Temporal Shared
3) : point-to-point
4) : multipoint
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 50
Which topology requires a central controller or hub?
1) : Mesh
2) : Star
3) : Bus
4) : Ring
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 51
Which topology requires a multipoint connection?
1) : Mesh
2) : Star
3) : Bus
4) : Ring
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 52
___________defines the physical or the logical outlook of the network.
1) : Typology
2) : Star
3) : Bus
4) : Ring
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 53
______ refers to the physical or logical arrangement of a network.
1) : Data flow
2) : Mode of operation
3) : Topology
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 54
Devices may be arranged in a _____ topology.
1) : Mesh
2) : Ring
3) : Bus
4) : All of the above
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 55
Communication between a computer and a keyboard involves ______________
transmission.
1) : simplex
2) : half-duplex
3) : full-duplex
4) : automatic
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 56
A television broadcast is an example of _______ transmission.
1) : simplex
2) : half-duplex
3) : full-duplex
4) : automatic
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 57
In _______ transmission, the channel capacity is shared by both communicating
devices at all times.
1) : simplex
2) : half-duplex
3) : full-duplex
4) : half-simplex
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 58
Data flow between two devices can occur in a _______ way.
1) : simplex
2) : half-duplex
3) : full-duplex
4) : all of the above
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 59
A _______ is a data communication system within a building, plant, or campus,
or between nearby buildings.
1) : MAN
 2) : LAN
3) : WAN
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 60
A ______ is a data communication system spanning states, countries, or the whole
world.
1) : MAN
2) : LAN
3) : WAN
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 61
________ is a collection of many separate networks.
1) : A WAN
2) : An internet
3) : A LAN
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 62
There are ______________ Internet service providers.
1) : Local
2) : Regional
3) : National and international
4) : All of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 63
A ________ is a set of rules that governs data communication.
1) : Forum
2) : Protocol
3) : Standard
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 64
________ is an idea or concept that is a precursor to an Internet standard.
1) : RCF
2) : RFC
3) : ID
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 65
The _______ layer changes bits into electromagnetic signals.
1) : Physical
2) : Transport
3) : None of the above
4) : Data link
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 66
The physical layer is concerned with the transmission of _______ over the
physical medium.
1) : Programs
2) : Protocols
3) : Bits
4) : Dialogs
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 67
Which layer functions as a liaison between user support layers and network
support layers?
1) : Network layer
2) : Transport layer
3) : Physical layer
4) : Application layer
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 68
The Internet model consists of _______ layers.
1) : Three
2) : Five
3) : Seven
4) : Eight
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 69
The _______ layer is the layer closest to the transmission medium.
1) : Network
2) : Physical
3) : Data link
4) : Transport
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 70
The _______ layer lies between the network layer and the application layer.
1) : Data link
2) : Physical
 3) : Transport
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 8
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 71
Layer 2 lies between the physical layer and the _______ layer.
1) : Data link
2) : Network
3) : Transport
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 8
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 72
As the data packet moves from the lower to the upper layers, headers are
_______.
1) : Added
2) : Rearranged
3) : Modified
4) : Subtracted
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 73
As the data packet moves from the upper to the lower layers, headers are
_______.
1) : Removed
2) : Added
3) : Rearranged
4) : Modified
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 74
When data are transmitted from device A to device B, the header from A's layer 4
is read by B's _______ layer.
1) : Physical
2) : Application
3) : Transport
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 75
What is the main function of the transport layer?
1) : Process-to-process delivery
2) : Node-to-node delivery
3) : Synchronization
4) : Updating and maintenance of routing tables
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 76
The process-to-process delivery of the entire message is the responsibility of the
_______ layer.
1) : Physical
2) : Network
3) : Transport
4) : Application
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge

Material on Vulhr.Com is Legally Copyrighted under Pakistan Law. Publishing it in any

Form is illegal and will be a Police Case.
Copyright © VuLhr.com
Powered By: Vulhr Quiz Managementz

Top

Download the original attachment

Your browser may not support display of this image.

MCQS of Cs601
(11-22 )
Attention:
Material on Vulhr.com is Legally Copyrighted under Pakistan Law. Publishing it in any
way is illegal and will be a Police Case.
Question # 1
Before data can be transmitted, they must be transformed to ________.
1) : periodic signals
2) : electromagnetic signals
3) : aperiodic signals
4) : low-frequency sine waves
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 2
A periodic signal completes one cycle in 0.001 s. What is the frequency?
1) : 1 Hz
2) : 100 Hz
3) : 1 KHz
4) : 1 MHz
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 3
 Given two sine waves A and B, if the frequency of A is twice that of B, then the
period of B is ________ that of A.
1) : one-half
2) : twice
3) : the same as
4) : indeterminate from
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 4
A sine wave is ________.
1) : periodic and continuous
2) : aperiodic and continuous
3) : periodic and discrete
4) : aperiodic and discrete
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 5
If the maximum amplitude of a sine wave is 2 V, the minimum amplitude is
________ V.
1) : 2
2) : 1
3) : -2
4) : between -2 and 2
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 6
Data can be ________.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 7
_______ data are continuous and take continuous values.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 8
_______ data have discrete states and take discrete values.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
 4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 9
Signals can be ________.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : either analog or digital
4) : neither analog or digital
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 10
_____ signals can have an infinite number of values in a range.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 11
_______ signals can have only a limited number of values.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 12
Frequency and period are ______.
1) : inverse of each other
2) : proportional to each other
3) : the same
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 13
________is the rate of change with respect to time.
1) : Amplitude
2) : Time
3) : Frequency
4) : Voltage
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 14
_______ describes the position of the waveform relative to time 0.
1) : Frequency
 2) : Phase
3) : Amplitude
4) : Voltage
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 15
In a frequency-domain plot, the horizontal axis measures the ________.
1) : peak amplitude
2) : frequency
3) : phase
4) : slope
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 16
In a time-domain plot, the horizontal axis is a measure of ________.
1) : signal amplitude
2) : frequency
3) : phase
4) : time
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 17
A sine wave in the ______ domain can be represented by one single spike in the
_____ domain.
1) : time; frequency
2) : frequency; time
3) : time; phase
4) : phase; time
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 18
A _________ sine wave is not useful in data communications; we need to send a
_______ signal.
1) : composite; single-frequency
2) : single-frequency; composite
3) : single-frequency; double-frequency
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 19
The _____ of a composite signal is the difference between the highest and the
lowest frequencies contained in that signal.
1) : frequency
2) : period
3) : bandwidth
4) : amplitude
 Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 20
A(n)_________ signal is a composite analog signal with an infinite bandwidth.
1) : digital
2) : analog
3) : either analog or digital
4) : neither analog or digital
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 21
Baseband transmission of a digital signal is possible only if we have a ____
channel.
1) : low-pass
2) : bandpass
3) : low rate
4) : high rate
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 22
The _________ product defines the number of bits that can fill the link.
1) : bandwidth-period
2) : frequency-amplitude
3) : bandwidth-delay
4) : delay-amplitude
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 23
If the bandwidth of a signal is 5 KHz and the lowest frequency is 52 KHz, what is
the highest frequency?
1) : 5 KHz
2) : 10 KHz
3) : 10 KHz
4) : 57 KHz
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 24
What is the bandwidth of a signal that ranges from 1 MHz to 4 MHz?
1) : 4 MHz
2) : 1 KHz
3) : 3 MHz
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 25
As frequency increases, the period ________.
 1) : decreases
2) : increases
3) : remains the same
4) : doubles
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 26
A signal is measured at two different points. The power is P1 at the first point and
P2 at the second point. The dB is 0. This means ________.
1) : P2 is zero
2) : P2 equals P1
3) : P2 is much larger than P1
4) : P2 is much smaller than P1
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 27
If the frequency spectrum of a signal has a bandwidth of 500 Hz with the highest
frequency at 600 Hz, what should be the sampling rate, according to the Nyquist
theorem?
1) : 500 samples/s
2) : 1000 samples/s
3) : 200 samples/s
4) : 1200 samples/s
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 28
Block coding can help in _______ at the receiver.
1) : Synchronization
2) : Error detection
3) : Attenuation
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 29
In _______ transmission, bits are transmitted simultaneously, each across its own
wire.
1) : Parallel
2) : Asynchronous serial
3) : Synchronous serial
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 30
Unipolar, bipolar, and polar encoding are types of _______ encoding.
1) : Block
2) : Line
 3) : NRZ
4) : Manchester
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 31
_______ encoding has a transition at the middle of each bit.
1) : RZ
2) : Manchester
3) : Differential Manchester
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 32
Which encoding type always has a nonzero average amplitude?
1) : Polar
2) : Bipolar
3) : Unipolar
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 33
_______ conversion is the process of changing one of the characteristics of an
analog signal based on the information in the digital data.
1) : Digital-to-analog
2) : Analog-to-analog
3) : Analog-to-digital
4) : Digital-to-digital
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 34
Which encoding technique attempts to solve the loss of synchronization due to
long strings of 0s?
1) : NRZ
2) : B8ZS
3) : AMI
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 35
_______ encoding has a transition at the beginning of each 0 bit.
1) : Differential Manchester
2) : RZ
3) : Manchester
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 36
Which of the following encoding methods does not provide for synchronization?
1) : Manchester
2) : NRZ-L
3) : RZ
4) : NRZ-I
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 37
Which encoding method uses alternating positive and negative values for 1s?
1) : Manchester
2) : AMI
3) : NRZ-I
4) : RZ
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 38
RZ encoding involves _______ signal levels.
1) : Five
2) : Four
3) : Three
4) : Two
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 39
PCM is an example of _______ conversion.
1) : Analog-to-analog
2) : Analog-to-digital
3) : Digital-to-digital
4) : Digital-to-analog
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 40
One factor in the accuracy of a reconstructed PCM signal is the _______.
1) : Number of bits used for quantization
2) : Signal bandwidth
3) : Carrier frequency
4) : Baud rate
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 41
In PCM, an analog-to- _______ conversion occurs.
1) : Analog
2) : Digital
3) : QAM
4) : Differential
 Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 42
If the maximum value of a PCM signal is 31 and the minimum value is -31, how
many bits were used for coding?
1) : 4
2) : 5
3) : 6
4) : 7
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 43
Which quantization level results in a more faithful reproduction of the signal?
1) : 2
2) : 8
3) : 16
4) : 32
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 44
In _______ transmission, bits are transmitted over a single wire, one at a time.
1) : Asynchronous serial
2) : Synchronous serial
3) : Parallel
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 45
In _______ transmission, a start bit and a stop bit frame a character byte.
1) : Synchronous serial
2) : Asynchronous serial
3) : Parallel
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 46
If a symbol is composed of 3 bits, there are _______ data levels.
1) : 2
2) : 4
3) : 8
4) : 16
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 47
The Nyquist theorem specifies the minimum sampling rate to be_______.
1) : Twice the bandwidth of a signal
 2) : Twice the highest frequency of a signal
3) : Equal to the lowest frequency of a signal
4) : Equal to the highest frequency of a signal
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 48
Pulse rate is always _______ the bit rate.
1) : Less than
2) : Less than or equal to
3) : Greater than
4) : Greater than or equal to
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 49
ASK, PSK, FSK, and QAM are examples of ________ conversion.
1) : digital-to-digital
2) : digital-to-analog
3) : analog-to-analog
4) : analog-to-digital
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 50
In QAM, both ________ of a carrier frequency are varied.
1) : frequency and amplitude
2) : phase and frequency
3) : amplitude and phase
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 51
If the baud rate is 400 for a QPSK signal, the bit rate is ________ bps.
1) : 100
2) : 400
3) : 800
4) : 1600
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 52
If the bit rate for an ASK signal is 1200 bps, the baud rate is ________.
1) : 300
2) : 400
3) : 600
4) : 1200
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 53
 If the bit rate for an FSK signal is 1200 bps, the baud rate is ________.
1) : 300
2) : 400
3) : 600
4) : 1200
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 54
If the bit rate for a 16-QAM signal is 4000 bps, what is the baud rate?
1) : 300
2) : 400
3) : 1000
4) : 1200
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 55
If the baud rate for a 64-QAM signal is 2000, what is the bit rate?
1) : 300
2) : 400
3) : 1000
4) : 12000
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 56
Quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM) is a combination of ___________.
1) : ASK and FSK
2) : ASK and PSK
3) : PSK and FSK
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 57
________ uses two carriers, one in-phase and the other quadrature.
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 58
Analog-to-analog conversion is needed if the available bandwidth is _______.
1) : low-pass
2) : band-pass
3) : either (a) or (b)
4) : neither (a) nor (b)
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 59
Which of the following is not an analog-to-analog conversion?
1) : AM
2) : PM
3) : FM
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 60
In _____ transmission, the carrier signal is modulated so that its amplitude varies
with the changing amplitudes of the modulating signal.
1) : AM
2) : PM
3) : FM
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 61
In _____ transmission, the frequency of the carrier signal is modulated to follow
the changing voltage level (amplitude) of the modulating signal. The peak amplitude and
phase of the carrier signal remain constant, but as the amplitude of the information signal
changes, the frequency of the carrier changes correspondingly.
1) : AM
2) : PM
3) : FM
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 62
In _____ transmission, the phase of the carrier signal is modulated to follow the
changing voltage level (amplitude) of the modulating signal.
1) : AM
2) : PM
3) : FM
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 63
In _______, the peak amplitude of one signal level is 0; the other is the same as
the amplitude of the carrier frequency.
1) : PSK
2) : OOK
3) : FSK
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 64
The constellation diagram of 16-QAM has ______ dots.
1) : 4
2) : 16
3) : 8
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 65
The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) allows ______kHz for each
AM station.
1) : 5
2) : 10
3) : 20
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 66
The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) allows ______ kHz for each
FM station.
1) : 20
2) : 100
3) : 200
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 67
Which of the following is not a digital-to-analog conversion?
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : AM
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 68
In ________, the amplitude of the carrier signal is varied to create signal
elements. Both frequency and phase remain constant.
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 69
In _________, the frequency of the carrier signal is varied to represent data. Both
peak amplitude and phase remain constant.
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 70
In ________, the phase of the carrier is varied to represent two or more different
signal elements. Both peak amplitude and frequency remain constant.
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 71
A constellation diagram shows us the __________ of a signal element,
particularly when we are using two carriers (one in-phase and one quadrature).
1) : amplitude and phase
2) : amplitude and frequency
3) : frequency and phase
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 72
_________ conversion is the representation of analog information by an analog
signal.
1) : Digital-to-analog
2) : Analog-to-analog
3) : Analog-to-digital
4) : Digital-to-digital
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 73
AM and FM are examples of ________ conversion.
1) : digital-to-digital
2) : digital-to-analog
3) : analog-to-analog
4) : analog-to-digital
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 19
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 74
Given an AM radio signal with a bandwidth of 10 KHz and the highest-frequency
component at 705 KHz, what is the frequency of the carrier signal?
1) : 700 KHz
 2) : 705 KHz
3) : 710 KHz
4) : Cannot be determined from given information
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 19
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 75
If the available channel is a ____ channel, we cannot send a digital signal directly
to the channel.
1) : low-pass
2) : bandpass
3) : low rate
4) : high rate
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 20
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 76
For a ______ channel, the Nyquist bit rate formula defines the theoretical
maximum bit rate.
1) : noisy
2) : noiseless
3) : bandpass
4) : low-pass
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 20
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 77
For a ______ channel, we need to use the Shannon capacity to find the maximum
bit rate.
1) : noisy
2) : noiseless
3) : bandpass
4) : low-pass
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 20
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge

Material on Vulhr.com is Legally Copyrighted under Pakistan Law. Publishing it in any

Form is illegal and will be a Police Case.
Copyright © VuLhr.com
Powered By: Vulhr Quiz Management

Top

Download the original attachment

Your browser may not support display of this image.

MCQS of Cs601
( MID Term )
Attention:
Material on VuLhr.com is Legally Copyrighted under Pakistan Law. Publishing it in any
way is illegal and will be a Police Case.
Question # 1
Data communication is the exchange of information one entity to other using a
Transmission_________.
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Signal
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 2
The _______ is the physical path over which a message travels.
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Signal
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 3
The information to be communicated in a data communications system is the
_______.
1) : Medium
2) : Protocol
3) : Message
4) : Transmission
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 4
Medium twisted wire have speed to transform the information ___________
1) : 300bps-10Mbps
2) : 256Kbps-100Mbps
3) : 56Kbps-200Mbps
4) : 500Kbps-10Gbps
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 5
Medium Microwave have speed to transform the information ___________
1) : 300bps-10Mbps
2) : 256Kbps-100Mbps
3) : 56Kbps-200Mbps
4) : 500Kbps-10Gbps
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 6
Medium Coaxial Cable have speed to transform the information ___________
1) : 300bps-10Mbps
2) : 256Kbps-100Mbps
3) : 56Kbps-200Mbps
4) : 500Kbps-10Gbps
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 7
Medium Fiber Optic Cable have speed to transform the information ___________
1) : 300bps-10Mbps
2) : 256Kbps-100Mbps
3) : 56Kbps-200Mbps
4) : 500Kbps-10Gbps
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 8
A set of rules that govern on the flow of Data/information in a communication
System is called______________
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Signal
4) : Ring
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 9
_______is a Communication dialog between network users or applications.
1) : Session
2) : Node
3) : Protocol
4) : Medium
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 10
Two or more devices connecting to each other to exchange the information is
called __________________
1) : Session
2) : Node
3) : Network
4) : Medium
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 11
In a network each attached device is called _______
1) : Session
 2) : Node
3) : Network
4) : Medium
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 1
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 12
Mail services are available to network users through the _______ layer.
1) : Data link
2) : Physical
3) : Application
4) : Transport
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 10
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 13
Which of the following is an application layer service?
1) : Remote log-in
2) : File transfer and access
3) : Mail service
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 10
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 14
Before data can be transmitted, they must be transformed to ________.
1) : periodic signals
2) : electromagnetic signals
3) : aperiodic signals
4) : low-frequency sine waves
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 15
A periodic signal completes one cycle in 0.001 s. What is the frequency?
1) : 1 Hz
2) : 100 Hz
3) : 1 KHz
4) : 1 MHz
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 16
Given two sine waves A and B, if the frequency of A is twice that of B, then the
period of B is ________ that of A.
1) : one-half
2) : twice
3) : the same as
4) : indeterminate from
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 17
A sine wave is ________.
1) : periodic and continuous
2) : aperiodic and continuous
3) : periodic and discrete
4) : aperiodic and discrete
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 18
If the maximum amplitude of a sine wave is 2 V, the minimum amplitude is
________ V.
1) : 2
2) : 1
3) : -2
4) : between -2 and 2
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 19
Data can be ________.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 20
_______ data are continuous and take continuous values.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 21
_______ data have discrete states and take discrete values.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 22
Signals can be ________.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : either analog or digital
 4) : neither analog or digital
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 23
_____ signals can have an infinite number of values in a range.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 24
_______ signals can have only a limited number of values.
1) : analog
2) : digital
3) : analog or digital
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 25
Frequency and period are ______.
1) : inverse of each other
2) : proportional to each other
3) : the same
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 26
________is the rate of change with respect to time.
1) : Amplitude
2) : Time
3) : Frequency
4) : Voltage
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 27
_______ describes the position of the waveform relative to time 0.
1) : Frequency
2) : Phase
3) : Amplitude
4) : Voltage
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 11
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 28
In a frequency-domain plot, the horizontal axis measures the ________.
1) : peak amplitude
 2) : frequency
3) : phase
4) : slope
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 29
In a time-domain plot, the horizontal axis is a measure of ________.
1) : signal amplitude
2) : frequency
3) : phase
4) : time
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 30
A sine wave in the ______ domain can be represented by one single spike in the
_____ domain.
1) : time; frequency
2) : frequency; time
3) : time; phase
4) : phase; time
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 31
A _________ sine wave is not useful in data communications; we need to send a
_______ signal.
1) : composite; single-frequency
2) : single-frequency; composite
3) : single-frequency; double-frequency
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 32
The _____ of a composite signal is the difference between the highest and the
lowest frequencies contained in that signal.
1) : frequency
2) : period
3) : bandwidth
4) : amplitude
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 33
A(n)_________ signal is a composite analog signal with an infinite bandwidth.
1) : digital
2) : analog
3) : either analog or digital
4) : neither analog or digital
 Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 34
Baseband transmission of a digital signal is possible only if we have a ____
channel.
1) : low-pass
2) : bandpass
3) : low rate
4) : high rate
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 35
The _________ product defines the number of bits that can fill the link.
1) : bandwidth-period
2) : frequency-amplitude
3) : bandwidth-delay
4) : delay-amplitude
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 12
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 36
If the bandwidth of a signal is 5 KHz and the lowest frequency is 52 KHz, what is
the highest frequency?
1) : 5 KHz
2) : 10 KHz
3) : 10 KHz
4) : 57 KHz
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 37
What is the bandwidth of a signal that ranges from 1 MHz to 4 MHz?
1) : 4 MHz
2) : 1 KHz
3) : 3 MHz
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 38
As frequency increases, the period ________.
1) : decreases
2) : increases
3) : remains the same
4) : doubles
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 39
A signal is measured at two different points. The power is P1 at the first point and
P2 at the second point. The dB is 0. This means ________.
1) : P2 is zero
2) : P2 equals P1
3) : P2 is much larger than P1
4) : P2 is much smaller than P1
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 40
If the frequency spectrum of a signal has a bandwidth of 500 Hz with the highest
frequency at 600 Hz, what should be the sampling rate, according to the Nyquist
theorem?
1) : 500 samples/s
2) : 1000 samples/s
3) : 200 samples/s
4) : 1200 samples/s
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 13
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 41
Block coding can help in _______ at the receiver.
1) : Synchronization
2) : Error detection
3) : Attenuation
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 42
In _______ transmission, bits are transmitted simultaneously, each across its own
wire.
1) : Parallel
2) : Asynchronous serial
3) : Synchronous serial
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 43
Unipolar, bipolar, and polar encoding are types of _______ encoding.
1) : Block
2) : Line
3) : NRZ
4) : Manchester
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 44
_______ encoding has a transition at the middle of each bit.
1) : RZ
2) : Manchester
 3) : Differential Manchester
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 45
Which encoding type always has a nonzero average amplitude?
1) : Polar
2) : Bipolar
3) : Unipolar
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 46
_______ conversion is the process of changing one of the characteristics of an
analog signal based on the information in the digital data.
1) : Digital-to-analog
2) : Analog-to-analog
3) : Analog-to-digital
4) : Digital-to-digital
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 14
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 47
Which encoding technique attempts to solve the loss of synchronization due to
long strings of 0s?
1) : NRZ
2) : B8ZS
3) : AMI
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 48
_______ encoding has a transition at the beginning of each 0 bit.
1) : Differential Manchester
2) : RZ
3) : Manchester
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 49
Which of the following encoding methods does not provide for synchronization?
1) : Manchester
2) : NRZ-L
3) : RZ
4) : NRZ-I
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 50
Which encoding method uses alternating positive and negative values for 1s?
1) : Manchester
2) : AMI
3) : NRZ-I
4) : RZ
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 51
RZ encoding involves _______ signal levels.
1) : Five
2) : Four
3) : Three
4) : Two
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 15
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 52
PCM is an example of _______ conversion.
1) : Analog-to-analog
2) : Analog-to-digital
3) : Digital-to-digital
4) : Digital-to-analog
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 53
One factor in the accuracy of a reconstructed PCM signal is the _______.
1) : Number of bits used for quantization
2) : Signal bandwidth
3) : Carrier frequency
4) : Baud rate
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 54
In PCM, an analog-to- _______ conversion occurs.
1) : Analog
2) : Digital
3) : QAM
4) : Differential
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 55
If the maximum value of a PCM signal is 31 and the minimum value is -31, how
many bits were used for coding?
1) : 4
2) : 5
3) : 6
 4) : 7
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 56
Which quantization level results in a more faithful reproduction of the signal?
1) : 2
2) : 8
3) : 16
4) : 32
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 16
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 57
In _______ transmission, bits are transmitted over a single wire, one at a time.
1) : Asynchronous serial
2) : Synchronous serial
3) : Parallel
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 58
In _______ transmission, a start bit and a stop bit frame a character byte.
1) : Synchronous serial
2) : Asynchronous serial
3) : Parallel
4) : (a) and (b)
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 59
If a symbol is composed of 3 bits, there are _______ data levels.
1) : 2
2) : 4
3) : 8
4) : 16
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 60
The Nyquist theorem specifies the minimum sampling rate to be_______.
1) : Twice the bandwidth of a signal
2) : Twice the highest frequency of a signal
3) : Equal to the lowest frequency of a signal
4) : Equal to the highest frequency of a signal
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 61
Pulse rate is always _______ the bit rate.
1) : Less than
 2) : Less than or equal to
3) : Greater than
4) : Greater than or equal to
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 62
ASK, PSK, FSK, and QAM are examples of ________ conversion.
1) : digital-to-digital
2) : digital-to-analog
3) : analog-to-analog
4) : analog-to-digital
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 63
In QAM, both ________ of a carrier frequency are varied.
1) : frequency and amplitude
2) : phase and frequency
3) : amplitude and phase
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 64
If the baud rate is 400 for a QPSK signal, the bit rate is ________ bps.
1) : 100
2) : 400
3) : 800
4) : 1600
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 65
If the bit rate for an ASK signal is 1200 bps, the baud rate is ________.
1) : 300
2) : 400
3) : 600
4) : 1200
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 66
If the bit rate for an FSK signal is 1200 bps, the baud rate is ________.
1) : 300
2) : 400
3) : 600
4) : 1200
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 67
 If the bit rate for a 16-QAM signal is 4000 bps, what is the baud rate?
1) : 300
2) : 400
3) : 1000
4) : 1200
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 68
If the baud rate for a 64-QAM signal is 2000, what is the bit rate?
1) : 300
2) : 400
3) : 1000
4) : 12000
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 69
Quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM) is a combination of ___________.
1) : ASK and FSK
2) : ASK and PSK
3) : PSK and FSK
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 70
________ uses two carriers, one in-phase and the other quadrature.
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 71
Analog-to-analog conversion is needed if the available bandwidth is _______.
1) : low-pass
2) : band-pass
3) : either (a) or (b)
4) : neither (a) nor (b)
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 72
Which of the following is not an analog-to-analog conversion?
1) : AM
2) : PM
3) : FM
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 73
In _____ transmission, the carrier signal is modulated so that its amplitude varies
with the changing amplitudes of the modulating signal.
1) : AM
2) : PM
3) : FM
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 74
In _____ transmission, the frequency of the carrier signal is modulated to follow
the changing voltage level (amplitude) of the modulating signal. The peak amplitude and
phase of the carrier signal remain constant, but as the amplitude of the information signal
changes, the frequency of the carrier changes correspondingly.
1) : AM
2) : PM
3) : FM
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 75
In _____ transmission, the phase of the carrier signal is modulated to follow the
changing voltage level (amplitude) of the modulating signal.
1) : AM
2) : PM
3) : FM
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 76
In _______, the peak amplitude of one signal level is 0; the other is the same as
the amplitude of the carrier frequency.
1) : PSK
2) : OOK
3) : FSK
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 77
The constellation diagram of 16-QAM has ______ dots.
1) : 4
2) : 16
3) : 8
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 78
The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) allows ______kHz for each
AM station.
1) : 5
2) : 10
3) : 20
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 79
The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) allows ______ kHz for each
FM station.
1) : 20
2) : 100
3) : 200
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 17
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 80
Which of the following is not a digital-to-analog conversion?
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : AM
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 81
In ________, the amplitude of the carrier signal is varied to create signal
elements. Both frequency and phase remain constant.
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 82
In _________, the frequency of the carrier signal is varied to represent data. Both
peak amplitude and phase remain constant.
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 83
 In ________, the phase of the carrier is varied to represent two or more different
signal elements. Both peak amplitude and frequency remain constant.
1) : ASK
2) : PSK
3) : FSK
4) : QAM
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 84
A constellation diagram shows us the __________ of a signal element,
particularly when we are using two carriers (one in-phase and one quadrature).
1) : amplitude and phase
2) : amplitude and frequency
3) : frequency and phase
4) : none of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 85
_________ conversion is the representation of analog information by an analog
signal.
1) : Digital-to-analog
2) : Analog-to-analog
3) : Analog-to-digital
4) : Digital-to-digital
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 18
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 86
AM and FM are examples of ________ conversion.
1) : digital-to-digital
2) : digital-to-analog
3) : analog-to-analog
4) : analog-to-digital
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 19
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 87
Given an AM radio signal with a bandwidth of 10 KHz and the highest-frequency
component at 705 KHz, what is the frequency of the carrier signal?
1) : 700 KHz
2) : 705 KHz
3) : 710 KHz
4) : Cannot be determined from given information
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 19
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 88
The physical communication pathway that transfers data from one device to
another is called ______________
 1) : Link
2) : Path
3) : Circuit
4) : Routing
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 89
End to End rout Within a Network is called ________
1) : Link
2) : Path
3) : Circuit
4) : Routing
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 90
In the original ARPANET, _______ were directly connected together.
1) : IMPs
2) : host computers
3) : networks
4) : routers
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 91
This was the first network.
1) : CSNET
2) : ANSNET
3) : ARPANET
4) : NSFNET
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 92
Well Designed Softwae can speed up the Process
1) : TRUE
2) : FALSE
3) :
4) :
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 93
There are 5 Factors on which performance depend. Chose one set
1) : Number of Users, medium type, Hardware, software and Network criteria
2) : Number of Users,Nodes, Hardware, software and Network criteria
3) : Number of Users,Nodes, Hardware, software and Network
4) : None of the Given
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 94
Frequency of failure and network recovery time after a failure is measures of the
_______ of a network.
1) : Performance
2) : Reliability
3) : Security
4) : Feasibility
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 95
An unauthorized user is a network _______ issue.
1) : Performance
2) : Reliability
3) : Security
4) : All the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 96
Example of the Network application for Teleconferencing is _______
1) : Conferenc
2) : Video
3) : Video Conferencing
4) : None of the Given
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 97
The complete path between two terminals over which can communicate is called
______
1) : Link
2) : path
3) : Circuit
4) : routing
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 98
Node can be a computer, printer or any other device capable of sending or
receiving.
1) : TRUE
2) : FALSE
3) :
4) :
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 99
One Advantages of the Distributed processing is _______
1) : Collaborative Processing
 2) : Multitasking
3) : Network
4) : Fast and Costly
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 2
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 100
If the available channel is a ____ channel, we cannot send a digital signal directly
to the channel.
1) : low-pass
2) : bandpass
3) : low rate
4) : high rate
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 20
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 101
For a ______ channel, the Nyquist bit rate formula defines the theoretical
maximum bit rate.
1) : noisy
2) : noiseless
3) : bandpass
4) : low-pass
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 20
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 102
For a ______ channel, we need to use the Shannon capacity to find the maximum
bit rate.
1) : noisy
2) : noiseless
3) : bandpass
4) : low-pass
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 20
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 103
The boundary between two pieces if equipment is called _________
1) : Interface
2) : Signal Genreation
3) : Network
4) : None of the Given
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 104
Which one are the communication tasks ______________
1) : Signal and sending data
2) : Addressing, Communicate, sending Data
3) : Interface, routing and Security
4) : There are not Tasks for Communications
 Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 105
What , How to and when to communicated is defined bye
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Signal
4) : Transmission
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 106
Key elements of the Protocol are _________________
1) : Signals, Semantic and Tuning
2) : Syntax, Semantic and Tuning
3) : Protocol, Interface and Tuning
4) : Tuning, Interface and Routing
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 107
The Structure of format of data, meaning the order in which key are presented is
known as ___________
1) : Semantic
2) : Tuning
3) : Signals
4) : Syntax
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 108
________ Refer to the meaning of each section bits.
1) : Semantic
2) : Tuning
3) : Signals
4) : Syntax
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 109
When data should be sent and how fast it be sent is decided by________
1) : Semantic
2) : Tuning
3) : Signals
4) : Syntax
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 110
_______ refers to two characteristics: when data should be sent and how fast it
can be sent.
 1) : Semantics
2) : Syntax
3) : Timing
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 3
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 111
There are two Main type of Standards________
1) : De facto and De Law
2) : De facto and De jure
3) : Proprietary and De Facto
4) : No Proprietary and Proprietary
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 112
No Proprietary and Proprietary are subtype of ______
1) : Open
2) : De Law
3) : De Jure
4) : De Facto
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 113
Standards are developed mainly bye __________ entities:
1) : 6
2) : 4
3) : 3
4) : 2
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 114
There are ________ and they are slow moving and cannot co-op with the fast
growing communication industry.
1) : Procedural Bodies
2) : Many Propels
3) : Some Engineers
4) : Many Engineers
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 115
International standard Organization includes representatives from _____ countries
1) : 82
2) : 150
3) : 83
4) : 68
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 116
V series, X Series and ISDN (integrated Services Digital Network) are Defined
bay ______
1) : ISO
2) : ITU-T
3) : CCITT
4) : ANSI
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 117
___ submits Proposal to ITU-T
1) : USA
2) : ISO
3) : IEEE
4) : ANSI
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 118
______ Is the World largest society of professional engineers.
1) : USA
2) : ISO
3) : IEEE
4) : ANSI
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 119
IEEE is stand for ______________________________
1) : International Electrical and Electronics Engineers
2) : International Electrically and Electronics Engineers
3) : International Educated Electrically Engineers
4) : None of the Given
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 120
_____refer to the way two or more devices attach to a link
1) : Protocol
2) : Medium
3) : Line Configuration
4) : Transmission
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 121
A _______ connection provides a dedicated link between two devices.
1) : point-to-point
2) : multipoint
 3) : primary
4) : secondary
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 122
In a _______ connection, more than two devices can share a single link.
1) : point-to-point
2) : multipoint
3) : primary
4) : secondary
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 123
In a ______ connection, two and only two devices are connected by a dedicated
link.
1) : multipoint
2) : point-to-point
3) : ( and (
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 124
In a ________ connection, three or more devices share a link.
1) : multipoint
2) : point-to-point
3) : ( and (
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 125
If several devices can share the link simultaneously, its called spatially shared
_______
1) : Spatial Shared
2) : Temporal Shared
3) : point-to-point
4) : multipoint
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 126
If user must take turns using the link, then it’s called ___________________
1) : Spatial Shared
2) : Temporal Shared
3) : point-to-point
4) : multipoint
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 4
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 127
Which topology requires a central controller or hub?
1) : Mesh
2) : Star
3) : Bus
4) : Ring
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 128
Which topology requires a multipoint connection?
1) : Mesh
2) : Star
3) : Bus
4) : Ring
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 129
___________defines the physical or the logical outlook of the network.
1) : Typology
2) : Star
3) : Bus
4) : Ring
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 130
______ refers to the physical or logical arrangement of a network.
1) : Data flow
2) : Mode of operation
3) : Topology
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 131
Devices may be arranged in a _____ topology.
1) : Mesh
2) : Ring
3) : Bus
4) : All of the above
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 5
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 132
Communication between a computer and a keyboard involves ______________
transmission.
1) : simplex
2) : half-duplex
3) : full-duplex
 4) : automatic
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 133
A television broadcast is an example of _______ transmission.
1) : simplex
2) : half-duplex
3) : full-duplex
4) : automatic
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 134
In _______ transmission, the channel capacity is shared by both communicating
devices at all times.
1) : simplex
2) : half-duplex
3) : full-duplex
4) : half-simplex
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 135
Data flow between two devices can occur in a _______ way.
1) : simplex
2) : half-duplex
3) : full-duplex
4) : all of the above
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 136
A _______ is a data communication system within a building, plant, or campus,
or between nearby buildings.
1) : MAN
2) : LAN
3) : WAN
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 137
A ______ is a data communication system spanning states, countries, or the whole
world.
1) : MAN
2) : LAN
3) : WAN
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 138
________ is a collection of many separate networks.
1) : A WAN
2) : An internet
3) : A LAN
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 139
There are ______________ Internet service providers.
1) : Local
2) : Regional
3) : National and international
4) : All of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 140
A ________ is a set of rules that governs data communication.
1) : Forum
2) : Protocol
3) : Standard
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 141
________ is an idea or concept that is a precursor to an Internet standard.
1) : RCF
2) : RFC
3) : ID
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 6
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 142
The _______ layer changes bits into electromagnetic signals.
1) : Physical
2) : Transport
3) : None of the above
4) : Data link
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 143
The physical layer is concerned with the transmission of _______ over the
physical medium.
1) : Programs
2) : Protocols
3) : Bits
 4) : Dialogs
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 144
Which layer functions as a liaison between user support layers and network
support layers?
1) : Network layer
2) : Transport layer
3) : Physical layer
4) : Application layer
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 145
The Internet model consists of _______ layers.
1) : Three
2) : Five
3) : Seven
4) : Eight
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 146
The _______ layer is the layer closest to the transmission medium.
1) : Network
2) : Physical
3) : Data link
4) : Transport
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 7
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 147
The _______ layer lies between the network layer and the application layer.
1) : Data link
2) : Physical
3) : Transport
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 8
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 148
Layer 2 lies between the physical layer and the _______ layer.
1) : Data link
2) : Network
3) : Transport
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 2 From : Lecture 8
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 149
As the data packet moves from the lower to the upper layers, headers are
_______.
1) : Added
2) : Rearranged
3) : Modified
4) : Subtracted
Correct Option : 4 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 150
As the data packet moves from the upper to the lower layers, headers are
_______.
1) : Removed
2) : Added
3) : Rearranged
4) : Modified
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 151
When data are transmitted from device A to device B, the header from A's layer 4
is read by B's _______ layer.
1) : Physical
2) : Application
3) : Transport
4) : None of the above
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 152
What is the main function of the transport layer?
1) : Process-to-process delivery
2) : Node-to-node delivery
3) : Synchronization
4) : Updating and maintenance of routing tables
Correct Option : 1 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge
Question # 153
The process-to-process delivery of the entire message is the responsibility of the
_______ layer.
1) : Physical
2) : Network
3) : Transport
4) : Application
Correct Option : 3 From : Lecture 9
MCQS Printed From Vulhr.com, Come Visit and Upgrade You Knowledge

Material on Vulhr.com is Legally Copyrighted under Pakistan Law. Publishing it in any

Form is illegal and will be a Police Case.
Copyright © VuLhr.com
Powered By: Vulhr Quiz Management

Top

Question No: 1      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Dividing data into manageable parts or data chunks is called as

      ► packetizing

      ► framing

      ► both are true

      ► both are false

Question No: 2      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________requires the maximum number of I/O ports.

      ► Bus

      ► Star

      ► Mesh

      ► Ring

Question No: 3      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Unidirectional traffic movement is overcome by dual ring technology.

      ► True
      ► False

Question No: 4      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Headers are added at layers 1 and 7 of OSI model.

      ► True

      ► False

Question No: 5      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Upper OSI layers are always implemented in _________

      ► software

      ► hardware

      ► both hardware and software

Question No: 6      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Internet with small “i” specifies the world wide Network the actual
internet.

      ► True

      ► False

Question No: 7      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data synchronization is a function related with ___________

      ► session layer
      ► presentation layer

      ► transport

Question No: 8      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Session layer is responsible for segmentation and reassembly.

      ► True

      ► False

Question No: 9      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A periodic signal can always be decomposed into _____________

      ► exactly an odd number of sine waves

      ► a set of sine waves

      ►  set of sine waves, one of the which must have a phase of 00

      ► none of the given

Question No: 10      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The powerful carrier signal is called as the___________

      ► carrier frequency

      ► base signal

      ► carrier frequency and base signal

      ► none of given
Question No: 11      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In ____________ transmission the timing of the signal is unimportant.

      ► Asynchronous

      ► Synchronous

      ► Polar

      ► Bi-polar

Question No: 12      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In case of uploading at the switching station, data is converted to

digital signal using ___________.

      ► TCP

      ► PCM

      ► ICP

      ► TDM

Question No: 13      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Transmission of data from ISP to the subscriber is called Downloading.

      ► True

      ► False

Question No: 14      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Transmission media are usually categorized as _____________

      ► Fixed or Unfixed

      ► Guided or Unguided

      ► Determinate or Indeterminate

      ► Metallic or Nonmetallic

Question No: 15      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Category 1 UTP cable is most often used in __________ networks.

      ► Fast Ethernet

      ► Traditional Ethernet

      ► Infra-red

      ► Telephone

Question No: 16      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The inner core of an optical fiber is __________ in composition.

      ► Glass plastic

      ► Copper

      ► Bimetallic

      ► Liquid

Question No: 17      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Radio wave and microwave frequencies range from _________.

      ► 3 to 300 KHz

      ► 300 KHz to300 KHz to 3 GHz

      ► 3 KHz to 300 GHz

      ► 3 KHz to 3000 GHz

Question No: 18      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The _________ is an association that sponsors the use of infrared

waves.

      ► IrDA

      ► EIA

      ► FCC

      ► PUD

Question No: 19      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Optical fibers are defined by the ratio of the ___________ of their

core to the diameter of their cladding.

      ► Diameter

      ► Radius

      ► Length

      ► Width

Question No: 20      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

All of popular Fiber optic connectors are ___________ shaped.

      ► Conical

      ► Barrel

      ► Circular

      ► Rectangular

Question No: 21      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which media can support higher Bandwidths and higher data rates.

      ► Coaxial cable

      ► Optical fiber

      ► STP

      ► UTP

Question No: 22      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The VLF and LF bands use _________ propagation for communications.

      ► Ground

      ► Sky

      ► Line of sight

      ► Space

Question No: 23      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Middle frequency waves having range 300 KHz-3 MHz always use
__________ propagation.

      ► Ground

      ► Sky

      ► Line of Sight

      ► Space

Question No: 24      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following are not used to measure the performance of TX

Media.

      ► Throughput

      ► Propagation Speed

      ► Propagation Time

      ► none of the given

Question No: 25      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A portion of the path that carries TX b/w a given pair of devices is

known as __________.

      ► Node

      ► Bridge

      ► Channel

      ► Gateway
Question No: 26      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A prism can deflect the light depending upon the angle of ____________
and the frequency.

      ► Deviation

      ► Incident

      ► Refraction

      ► Reflection

Question No: 27      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In bit ____________, MUX adds extra bits to a device.

      ► Stuffing

      ► Adding

      ► Multiplication

      ► Exchanging

Question No: 28      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Need for Addressing makes Asynchronous TDM inefficient for bit or byte
___________.

      ► Interleaving

      ► Addition

      ► Substraction

      ► None of the given

Question No: 29      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________ takes data from one high speed line and breaks it into
portions.

      ► Multiplexing

      ► Inverse multiplexing

      ► Inverse subtraction

      ► Inverse addition

Question No: 30      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Multiplexing has long been used as an essential tool in the

____________.

      ► Electronic industry

      ► Telephone industry

      ► Space science

      ► VLAN

Question No: 31      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The local loop has ___________ cable that connects the subscriber
telephone to the nearest end office.

      ► Twisted-pair

      ► Coaxial

      ► Fiber-optic
      ► None of the given

Question No: 32      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

T Lines are ___________ lines designed for digital data.

      ► Analog

      ► Digital

      ► Composite

      ► Telephone

Question No: 33      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In CRC there is no error if the remainder at the receiver is

____________

      ► Equal to the remainder at the sender

      ► Zero

      ► Nonzero

      ► The quotient at the sender

Question No: 34      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which error detection method involves the use of parity bits?

      ► Simple parity check & two dimensional parity check

      ► CRC

      ► Two-dimensional parity check

      ► Simple parity check

Question No: 35      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If odd parity is used for ASCII error detection, the number of 0s per
8-bit symbol is _________

      ► Even

      ► Odd

      ► Indeterminate

      ► 42

Question No: 36      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The Hamming code is a method of __________

      ► Error detection

      ► Error correction

      ► Error ecapsulation

      ► Error detection & Error encapsulation

Question No: 37      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Error control is both error _________ and error ___________

      ► detection; correction

      ► detection; deletion

      ► detection; avoidance
      ► detection; forwarding

Question No: 38      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

ENQ/ACK stands for______________

      ► Enquiry/ Acknowledgment

      ► Enque/ Acknowledgment

      ► Enquist/ Acknowledgment

      ► none of the given

Question No: 39      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In primary-secondary communication ______________ is always the

initiator of a session

      ► Primary

      ► Secondary

      ► Sender

      ► Receiver

Question No: 40      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Primary device uses ____________ to receive transmission from the

secondary devices.

      ► ACK

      ► ENQ
      ► POLL

Question No: 41      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In __________ ARQ, if a NAK is received, only the specific damaged or

lost frame is retransmitted.

      ► Stop-and-wait

      ► Go-Back-N

      ► Selective repeat

      ► Stop-and-wait & Go-back-N

Question No: 42      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A timer is set when ___________ is sent out.

      ► A data frame

      ► An ACK

      ► A NAK

Question No: 43      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

For stop-and-wait ARQ, for N data packets sent, ___________

acknowledgments are needed.

   ►N

      ► 2N

      ► N-1
      ► N+1

Question No: 44      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

HDLC is an acronym for ______________.

      ► High-duplex line communication

      ► High-level data link control

      ► Half-duplex digital link combination

      ► Host double-level circuit

Question No: 45      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The address field of a frame in HDLC protocol contains the address of

the ________ station.

      ► Primary

      ► Secondary

      ► Tertiary

      ► Primary and Secondary

Question No: 46      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The DSAP and SSAP are addresses used by _________ to identify the
protocol stacks.

      ► LLC

      ► MAC

      ► Network
Question No: 47      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

IEEE divides the base band category into  ______ standards.

   ►5

   ►4

   ►3

   ►6

Question No: 48      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following is a bus topology LAN that uses base band
signaling and has a max. segment length of 500 meters

      ► 10 Base5

      ► 10 Base2

      ► 100 Base2

      ► 100 Base5

Question No: 49      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

We need ____________ to decompose a composite signal into its

components.

      ► fourier transform

      ► nyquist theorem

      ► shannon capacity
Question No: 50      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data from computer is in ____________ form and the local loop handles
_________ signals.

      ► Analog; analog

      ► Analog; digital

      ► Digital; digital

      ► Digital; analog

Question No: 51      ( Marks: 2 )

What is the relationship between the size of the CRC remainder and the
divisor?

Question No: 52      ( Marks: 2 )

Stop-and- wait ARQ has two control variables S and R. What are their
functions? [2]

Question No: 53      ( Marks: 2 )

What is meant by Transmission Impairments?

Question No: 54      ( Marks: 3 )

Write down names of the control frames in XMODEM.  [3]

Question No: 55      ( Marks: 3 )

What are the fractional T Lines?

Question No: 56      ( Marks: 3 )

what is interleaving?

Question No: 57      ( Marks: 5 )

Name and discuss briefly the bits in the HDLC control field. [5]

Question No: 58      ( Marks: 5 )

What is the difference between Digital Data Service (DDS) and Digital
Signal Service (DS)?

Question No: 59      ( Marks: 10 )

Give characteristics of switched analog services and leased analog

services.  [5+5]

Dear Students....
CS601 Current Paper......
 
Time: 60 min
Marks: 42

Student Info

Student ID:

Center:
Exam Date:

For Teacher's Use Only

Q No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Marks

Q No. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Marks

Q No. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Marks

Q No. 25 26 27

Marks

 
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Effective network mean that the network has fast delivery, timeliness and

► high bandwidth

► duplex transmission

► accurate transmission

► low bandwidth

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one best describes the given statement:

"To allow multiple users to share total capacity of a transmission medium"

► congestion control

► exchange management

► multiplexing
Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A_________ provides a model for development that makes it possible for a product to
work regardless of the individual manufacturer.

► protocol

► standard

► topology

► system

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_______ is a multipoint topology.

► Ring

► Mesh

► Tree

► Bus

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________requires the maximum number of I/O ports.

► Bus

► Star

► Mesh

► Ring
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

________ topology tells us how networks communicate with one another and how data is
transferred.

► logical

► physical

► logical and physical

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which topology requires a multipoint connection?

► Mesh

► Star

► Bus

► Ring

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Headers are added at layers 1 and 7 of OSI model.

► True

► False

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Internet with small “i” specifies the world wide Network the actual internet.

► True
► False

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The internet model consists of _________ layers.

► three

► two

► five

► seven

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

As the data packet moves from the lower to the upper layers, headers are __________.

► added

► subtracted

► rearranged

► modified

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data link layer deals with mechanical and electrical specifications of transmission
medium and interface

► True

► False

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which layer is responsible for source to destination delivery of entire message?

► transport layer

► network layer

► session layer

► application layer

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The inversion of the level at 1 bit is called as __________

► NRZ-L

► NRZ-I

► RZ

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the encoding schemes have bandwidth problems?

► Differential Manchester

► AMI

► RZ

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Bi phase encoding is a type of bipolar encoding in which we use two voltage levels.

► True

► False
Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

ASK require a minimum bandwidth equal to its baud rate.

► True

► False

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A 56k modem can download at a rate of __________ Kbps and upload at a rate of
__________ Kbps.

► 33.6: 33.6

► 33.6: 56.6

► 56.6: 33.6

► 56.6: 56.6

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In ____________ transmission the timing of the signal is unimportant.

► Asynchronous

► Synchronous

► Polar

► Bi-polar

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

There are _________________ basic functional units involved in the communication of
data.

►3

►1

►2

►4

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

At the ______________layer, a DCE takes data generated by a DTE.

► physical

► transport

► data link

► application

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The last modified version of EIA-232 standard is ______________

► EIA-232 D

► EIA-232 A

► EIA-232 B

► EIA-232 C

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Traditional telephony lines carry frequencies btw 300 Hz and 3300 Hz giving them a
bandwidth of 3000 Hz.
► 3100

► 3000

► 3200

► 3300

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

We need ____________ to decompose a composite signal into its components.

► fourier transform

► nyquist theorem

► shannon capacity

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 3 )

At which layer synchronization of Bits occur and how?

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 5 )

What is meant by Zero Frequency and Infinite Frequency?

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 10 )

Describe functions of each layer of OSI Model briefly?

Top

MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2009
 CS601- Data Communication (Session - 2)
Ref No: 448559
Time: 60 min
Marks: 40

For Teacher's Use Only

Q 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total
No.
Marks

Q No. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Marks

Q No. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Marks
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The last modified version of EIA-232 standard is ______________

► EIA-232 D
► EIA-232 A
► EIA-232 B
► EIA-232 C

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________ require more bandwidth.

► FSK
► ASK
► PSK
► QAM

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

ASK, PSK, FSK and QAM are examples of ____________ modulation.

► digital-to-digital
► digital-to-analog
► analog-to-analog
► analog-to-digital

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Amplitude in ASK is more resistive to EMI and Noise.

►True
►False

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The inversion of the level at 1 bit is called as __________

► NRZ-L
► NRZ-I
► RZ

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Manchester is a type of ____________encoding.

► biphase
► polar
► biphase & polar
► none of the given
Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Zero crossing bandwidth is also called as equivalent noise bandwidth.

► True
► False

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A periodic signal can always be decomposed into _____________

► exactly an odd number of sine waves
► a set of sine waves
► set of sine waves, one of the which must have a phase of 00
► none of the given

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Data must be converted into__________ before transmission.

►signal
►wave
►electric pulse

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A signal that repeats a pattern over a regular interval of time is called_______.

► periodic signal
► analog signal
► composite signal

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Fourier transform tells us that any digital signal can be decomposed into infinite
number of periodic signals
► True
► False

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

When data are transmitted from device A to device B, the header from A’s layer 4
is read by B’s __________ layer.
► physical
► transport
► application
► none of the given
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

________ layer deals with syntax and semantics of information exchange.

►presentation
►session
►application
►physical

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which layer is responsible for source to destination delivery of entire message?

► transport layer
► network layer
► session layer
► application layer

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Line configuration is the function of ____________ layer

► data link
► network
► physical
► transport

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

__________representation of links that connect nodes is called as physical

topology.
► geometrical
► logical
► physical

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

________ topology tells us how networks communicate with one another and
how data is transferred.
► logical
► physical
► logical and physical

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________requires the maximum number of I/O ports.

► Bus
 ► Star
► Mesh
► Ring

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one is not among standard creation committee.

► internet society and IETF

► ITU-T
► IEEE

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Frequency of a failure and network recovery time after a failure are measures of
the ____________ of a network.
► Performance
► Reliability
► Security
► Feasibility

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )

What relationships are possible in a network?

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 3 )

When and why recovery techniques are required in data communication?

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )

Differentiates between the following terms. [10 marks]

(a) Syntax and Semantics of protocol.
(b) Network management and exchange management.
(c) Monolithic and structured.

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 10 )

Compare time and frequency domain plots with suitable examples?

Top

/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PFgIfAAUBMWRkAgIP
Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Time Left

71
sec(s)
Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 11:37:44 AM ) Total Marks: 1
For point-to-point configuration, addressing is needed
Select correct option:

True

False

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBAKFvdSaDQK254SXBwK154SXBwKct7iSDJGkGjIsW5sCWLtphbStw3oFTz6T
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 11:38:27 AM ) Total Marks: 1
In __________ ARQ, if a NAK is received, only the specific damaged or lost frame is retransmitted.
Select correct option:

Stop and Wait

Go-Back-N

Selective repeat

Stop-and-wait & Go-back-N

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLBivmxCwK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDGLUtuqE9j0X0Hk2GcsJ1W61Mklo
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 11:39:07 AM ) Total Marks: 1
Sliding window requires that data frames be transmitted _______________
Select correct option:
 Sequentially

Frequently

Asynchronously

Non of the given

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKIr6CLBgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDC+9+kOtbCJxJZ1UD4wW3pn8w2iY
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 11:40:37 AM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one is not the function of data link layer?
Select correct option:

Line discipline

Flow control

Error control

Network control

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKWy4TPBQK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDH29AF56mp+fX650SgFW7h7dJ1I0
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 11:40:53 AM ) Total Marks: 1
Flow control is needed to prevent ___________.
Select correct option:

Bit errors

Overflow of the sender buffer

Overflow of the receiver buffer

Collision between sender and receiver

 Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question
 
/wEWBgLYmOaZAwK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDN521lGWVrqY9lGaOvkm+6Zlr/2x
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 11:42:09 AM ) Total Marks: 1
Error control in the data link layer is based on _______________.
Select correct option:

automatic repeat request

automatic repeat acknowledgment

automatic send acknowledgment

automatic send request

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKdh9uEDAK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDJcwYFHxd4toh0jclyNXP8ckTYdq
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 11:43:29 AM ) Total Marks: 1
Data link protocols can be divided into ______________ sub-groups.
Select correct option:

two

three

four

five

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLm+qmrCAK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDMPGmyivtOKBK0iU6tjt8xtVxRLN
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 11:43:50 AM ) Total Marks: 1
For stop-and-wait ARQ, for n data packets sent, ___________ acknowledgments are needed.
 Select correct option:

2n

N-1

N+1

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgL70P1IArbnhJcHArXnhJcHArDnhJcHArfnhJcHApy3uJIMyOdofa0xHtwIkRNEW6Ojxb9S9sk=
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 11:45:20 AM ) Total Marks: 1
In a Go-Back-N ARQ, if the window size is 63, what is the range of sequence number?
Select correct option:

0 to 63

0 to 64

1 to 63

1 to 64

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLvu6vVDgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDLQu4nut4fP1QS7nTx++YgUyJ+vI
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjM3IEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:37 AM

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 11:46:52 AM ) Total Marks: 1
In data link layer, communication requires at least ___________ devices working together.
Select correct option:

1
 Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question
 
/wEWBgLFg9GvBgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDMeXQdsJuP216+otOIT8pVPhNLpY
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 11:52:19 AM ) Total Marks: 1
A timer is set when ___________ is (are) sent out.
Select correct option:

A data frame

An ACK

A NAK

All of given

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLzutK0BgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDNZUQbBeYFeMjcVStsbNRZfIw5dI
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 11:54:31 AM ) Total Marks: 1
Flow control is needed to prevent ____________.
Select correct option:

Collision between sender and receiver

Overflow of the receiver buffer

Overflow of the sender buffer

Bit errors

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKEmL6AAQK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDLDAAh5IfuI/fTFgRt3smYK28X4n
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 11:55:39 AM ) Total Marks: 1
In selective-reject ARQ, only the specific damaged or lost frame is_______________.
 Select correct option:

r
e
tr
a
n
s
m
it
t
e
d

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLCoY/iAgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDImLaBeACHuzYA8/BGO1bOsmYYlm
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 11:56:13 AM ) Total Marks: 1
If the primary wants to receive data, it asks the second-arise if they have anything to send, this is called
Select correct option:

POLLING

SELECTING

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBAK3upDDDAK254SXBwK154SXBwKct7iSDFaCK8Lc7oarmT9fZJ0nDK4dgfS6
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDExOjUyIEFNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 11:52 AM

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 12:02:01 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Data link control is composed of ____________ important functions.
Select correct option:

5
 Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question
 
/wEWBgLU+4+FDAK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDNHAcfB0uXvUqn5H/F2bOwn87uwQ
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 12:12:08 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which error detection method consists of just one redundant bit per data unit?
Select correct option:

Simple parity check

Two-dimensional parity check

CRC

Checksum

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLNyd6bDgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDJaTxdveWMRVk1XjeQeZVfoSFsoo
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 12:13:39 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In Go-Back-N ARQ, if frames 4, 5 and 6 are received successfully, the receiver may send an ACK ___________ to
the sender.
Select correct option:

Any of the given

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLA/O+3CwK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDPMArxTfGtG9VcaCGSqxxB3voKvu
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 12:14:36 PM ) Total Marks: 1
If the data unit is 111111 and the divisor is 1010, what is the dividend at the transmitter?
Select correct option:

111111000

1111110000

111111

1111111010

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKt+YqbDgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDIwDN9FUcWZfSp2eo3abIVTcB+hH
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 12:16:06 PM ) Total Marks: 1
ARQ stands for ___________
Select correct option:

Automatic repeat quantization

Automatic repeat request

Automatic retransmission request

Acknowledge repeat request.

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLAjPHDAgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDAVHPidgya/MnCS0eMImDTlv1Ofi
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjEwIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:10 PM

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 12:16:31 PM ) Total Marks: 1
For a sliding window of size n-1 (n sequence numbers), there can be a maximum of __________ frames sent but
unacknowledged.
Select correct option:

N-1

N
 N+1

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLinpqjDgK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDJvFqZpHgU1kJfPaXno0ctLpHl+d
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjE4IFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:18 PM

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 12:20:15 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In Full-duplex, the initiator sends data while the responder waits
Select correct option:

True

False

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBAKZmvbUBAK254SXBwK154SXBwKct7iSDL91thg1o4t/Gu82fkiL9jvI4SUV
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjE4IFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:18 PM

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 12:21:10 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In CRC there is no error if the remainder at the receiver is _________.
Select correct option:

Equal to the remainder at the sender

Zero

NonZero

The quotient at the sender

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLb5LeHCAK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDHQ2onsoekDm8jcg3+HO0dsEBu/G
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjIyIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:22 PM

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 12:22:41 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Error control in the data link layer is based on _______________.
Select correct option:
 automatic repeat request

automatic repeat acknowledgment

automatic send acknowledgment

automatic send request

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKjtttQArbnhJcHArXnhJcHArDnhJcHArfnhJcHApy3uJIMT31Pkuo9zT4G1DOGwu8BIC7v49Q=
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjIyIFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:22 PM

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 12:23:17 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Flow Control is the responsibility of _________
Select correct option:

Network Layer

Transport Layer

Data Link Layer

Physical Layer

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgLgxMW9BwK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDD43fktk2cFREWTd2fRnEZKFt6j3
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjI1IFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:25 PM

Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 12:26:03 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The Hamming code is a method of __________.
Select correct option:

Error detection

Error correction

Error encapsulation

Error detection & error encapsulation

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
 /wEWBgKmwvq2BQK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDP6iBagnHYusAv2fJId0G6nJpVDm
/wEPDwUKMTY2NzQ4MDg3MQ9kFgICAw9kFgICAQ9kFgJmD2QWAmYPZBYOZg8PFgIeBFRleHQFCDEyOjI1IFBNZGQCAQ8PF

Quiz Start Time: 12:25 PM

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 12:27:40 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In __________ ARQ, if a NAK is received, only the specific damaged or lost frame is retransmitted.
Select correct option:

Stop and Wait

Go-Back-N

Selective repeat

Stop-and-wait & Go-back-N

Click here to Save Answer & Move to Next Question

 
/wEWBgKTsqnIBQK254SXBwK154SXBwKw54SXBwK354SXBwKct7iSDKXqGMEBRxgH7JQg8DnNE0pN2x+0

Top

CS 601 DATA COMMUNICATION

FALL 2009 – 12 FEB 2010

Question # 1 of 10
In FDDI, THT stands for:
· Token Hash Timer
· Tier Holding Timer
· Target Holding Timer
· Token Holding Timer
Question # 2 of 10
The DSAP and SSAP are addresses used by ____to identify the protocol stack.
· Network
· MAC
· LLC
· None of the above
Question # 3 of 10
Repeaters work on the ____Layer/Layers
· Data Link
· Physical
· Network
· All of the above
Question # 4 of 10
Bridge is _____ Layer Device
· Data Link
· Physical
· Network
· None of the above
Question # 5 of 10
On the transport layer of TCP/IP suit_____ protocols are used
· TCP & IP
· TCP & UDP
Question # 6 of 10
Application layer of TCP/IP suit is equivalent of _____layers of OSI Model
· Application, Presentation and Transport
· Application, Session and Transport
· Application, Presentation and Session
· None of the above
Question # 7 of 10
A Repeater does not allow us to extend the physical length of network
· True
· False
Question # 8 of 10
Shortest frame in HDLC protocols is usually the ____ frame.
· Information
· Supervisory
· Management
· None of the above
Question # 9 of 10
Repeater is device
· Layer three
· Intelligent
· Unintelligent
· None of the above
Question # 10 of 10
_____ is HDLC’s error detection field.
· Flag
· BCC
· BSC
· FCS

Top